1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17817 14124))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17817 13973))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17817 13969))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17817 16160))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17817 13982))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17817 15485))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17817 16945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17817 15940))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17490 7905))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17713 5989))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17778 50472))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17817
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17817 13973))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17524
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17490
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17817 13973))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17817 13973))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17611 8435))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17505 62410))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1665 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1667 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1668 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1670 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1671 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1679 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17817 13974))
1680 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1682 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1683 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1684 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1686 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1688 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1690 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1691 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1692 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1693 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1695 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1696 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1697 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1699 Effects of the different modes:
1700 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1701 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1702 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1703 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1704 a random distance & direction.
1705 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1706 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1707 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1709 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1711 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1712 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1713 definition of \"random distance\".)
1715 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1720 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1723 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1724 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1726 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1727 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1731 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1732 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1733 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1734 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1736 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1738 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1740 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1745 ;;;;;; (17778 50472))
1746 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1747 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1749 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1750 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1751 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1752 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1756 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1757 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1758 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1761 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1765 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1766 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1767 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1768 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1769 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1776 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1777 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1780 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1781 Time execution of FORMS.
1782 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1783 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1785 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1786 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1787 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1789 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1791 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1792 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1793 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1794 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1795 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1797 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1799 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1800 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1801 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1802 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1803 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1805 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1809 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17817
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1813 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1814 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1816 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1818 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1819 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1820 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1821 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1823 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1824 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1825 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1826 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1827 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1829 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1830 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1833 Special information:
1835 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1837 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1838 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1839 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1840 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1841 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1842 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1843 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1846 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1847 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1849 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1850 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1851 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1852 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1853 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1854 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1855 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1856 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1858 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1860 ----------------------------------------------------------
1861 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1862 if that value is non-nil.
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1871 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1872 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1875 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1877 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1878 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1879 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1881 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1883 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1884 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1889 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1895 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1899 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1901 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1905 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1906 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1907 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1908 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1909 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1914 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1915 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1918 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1921 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1922 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1924 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1925 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1927 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1928 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1929 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1930 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1931 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1932 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1936 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1938 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1939 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1940 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1941 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1943 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1944 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1945 denoted by the letter `R'.
1947 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1948 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1949 denoted by the letter `H'.
1951 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1954 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1955 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1956 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1957 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1958 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1959 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1962 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1963 degree deflection it causes.
1966 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1969 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1976 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1977 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1983 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1990 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1991 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1992 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1993 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1994 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1995 emerging from the box.
1997 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2004 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2008 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2015 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2016 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
2019 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2020 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2024 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2025 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2026 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2027 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2028 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2029 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2030 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2044 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2045 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2046 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2047 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2048 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2049 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2050 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2051 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2054 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2055 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2056 yank successive words.
2058 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2059 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2060 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2061 name of the file being visited.
2063 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2064 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2065 the list of bookmarks.)
2067 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2069 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2070 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2076 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2077 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2078 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2079 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2084 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2085 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2086 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2087 after a bookmark was set in it.
2089 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2091 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2092 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2093 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2094 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2096 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2098 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2101 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2102 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2103 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2105 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2106 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2107 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2109 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2110 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2113 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2115 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2116 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2117 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2118 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2119 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2122 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2124 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2125 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2126 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2127 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2128 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2129 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2130 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2131 probably because we were called from there.
2133 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2136 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2137 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2141 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2142 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2143 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2147 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2148 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2149 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2150 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2151 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2153 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2154 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2155 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2156 `bookmark-default-file'.
2158 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2160 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2161 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2162 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2163 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2164 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2167 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2168 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2169 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2170 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2171 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2174 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2175 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2176 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2177 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2179 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2181 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2182 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2184 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2185 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2189 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2191 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2193 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2195 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2199 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2208 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17817 13984))
2209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2211 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2212 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2213 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2214 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2216 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2217 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2218 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2219 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2220 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2222 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2224 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2225 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2227 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2229 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2230 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2232 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2234 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2241 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2242 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2243 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2244 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2246 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2248 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2249 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2250 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2251 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2256 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2257 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2264 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2268 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2269 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2273 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2275 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2280 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2281 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2282 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2283 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2284 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2289 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2290 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point.
2293 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2294 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2295 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2296 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2299 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2302 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2303 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2305 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2307 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2308 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2309 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2310 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2313 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2318 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2319 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2329 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2337 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2338 new tab in an existing window instead.
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2347 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2348 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2351 When called interactively, if variable
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2353 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2354 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2358 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2359 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2362 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2365 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2366 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2367 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2368 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2369 URL in a new window.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2376 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2384 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2385 new tab in an existing window instead.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2395 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2399 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2400 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2412 program is invoked according to the variable
2413 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2428 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point.
2436 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2437 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2438 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2446 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2450 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2451 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2452 Default to the URL around or before point.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point.
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2462 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2465 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2471 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2472 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2479 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2480 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2487 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2491 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2492 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2499 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2506 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2507 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2508 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2509 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2514 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2515 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2525 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2526 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2527 don't offer a form of remote control.
2529 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2531 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2533 Default to the URL around or before point.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17817
2541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2543 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2544 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2548 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2549 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2556 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17817 16161))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2559 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2560 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2561 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2562 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2566 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2567 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2568 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2569 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2573 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2574 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2578 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2579 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2581 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2582 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2583 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2584 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2586 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2587 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2588 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2589 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2590 name of buffer configuration.
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2597 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2599 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2601 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2602 Keymap used by buttons.")
2604 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2605 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2606 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2608 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2609 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2610 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2611 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2612 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2613 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2617 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2618 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2620 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2623 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2632 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2635 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2644 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2646 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2647 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2648 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2649 specifying properties to add to the button.
2650 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2651 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2652 `define-button-type'.
2654 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2655 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2656 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2661 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2663 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2664 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2665 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2666 specifying properties to add to the button.
2667 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2668 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2669 `define-button-type'.
2671 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2672 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2673 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2674 `insert-text-button'.
2676 Also see `make-text-button'.
2678 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2683 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2685 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2686 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17778 50473))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2688 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2696 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2698 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2700 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2702 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2703 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2704 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2705 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2707 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2708 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2709 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2710 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2711 whether to compile it.
2713 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2715 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2716 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2718 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2719 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2722 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2723 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2724 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2725 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2726 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2728 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2730 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2731 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2732 Print the result in the echo area.
2733 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2738 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2739 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2741 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2743 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2744 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2745 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2746 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2747 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2748 all functions called by those functions.
2750 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2751 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2754 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2755 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2756 invoked interactively.
2758 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2760 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2761 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2762 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2763 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2769 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2770 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2771 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2772 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2773 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2776 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2778 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2779 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2780 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2781 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2783 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2784 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2785 and corresponding effects.
2787 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17817 16161))
2792 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2794 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2796 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2800 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2801 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2804 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2805 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2806 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2807 from the cursor position.
2809 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2813 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2814 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2815 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2816 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
2817 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2819 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2820 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2822 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2823 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2825 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2826 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2830 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2831 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2833 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2835 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2836 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2838 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2840 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2845 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2847 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2848 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2850 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2852 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2853 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2854 This is most useful in the X window system.
2855 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2856 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2858 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2861 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2862 See calc-keypad for details.
2864 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2866 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2867 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2869 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2872 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2877 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2879 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2882 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2883 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2885 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2887 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2890 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2894 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2898 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2899 Run the Emacs calculator.
2900 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2906 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2907 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2910 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2911 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2912 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2913 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2914 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2915 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2916 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2917 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2918 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2920 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2921 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2922 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2923 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17817 16151))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2926 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2927 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2928 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2929 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2932 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2934 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2935 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2936 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2937 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2938 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2939 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2943 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2944 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2945 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2947 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2949 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2950 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2951 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2953 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2955 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2956 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2957 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2960 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2962 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2963 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2964 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2966 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2968 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2969 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2970 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2972 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2974 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2976 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2977 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2978 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2980 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2983 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2985 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2986 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2987 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2989 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2992 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2994 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2995 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2996 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2998 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3001 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3004 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3005 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3007 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3009 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3010 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3011 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3012 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3013 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3015 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3017 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3018 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3019 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3020 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3021 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3022 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3023 a function is also provided for this:
3024 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3026 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3027 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3028 date is not visible in the window.
3030 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3031 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3032 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3034 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3036 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3037 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3039 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3040 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3041 date is visible in the window.
3043 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3044 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3045 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3050 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3054 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3056 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3058 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3060 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3061 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3063 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3064 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3072 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3073 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3074 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3075 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3076 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3077 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3078 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3079 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3080 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3081 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3082 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3083 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3086 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3087 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3088 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3089 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3097 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3098 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3100 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3101 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3102 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3103 window but will appear in a diary window.
3105 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3106 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3108 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3109 entries (in the default American style):
3111 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3112 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3113 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3115 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3116 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3117 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3118 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3119 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3120 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3121 &* 15 time cards due.
3123 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3124 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3125 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3129 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3130 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3131 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3132 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3133 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3134 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3136 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3137 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3138 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3140 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3142 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3144 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3145 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3146 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3147 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3148 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3149 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3150 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3151 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3152 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3153 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3156 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3157 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3158 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3159 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3160 documentation for these functions for details.
3162 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3163 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3165 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3167 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3168 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3172 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3173 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3187 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3188 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3189 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3191 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3193 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3194 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3195 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3197 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3199 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3200 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3201 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3202 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3205 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3207 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3208 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3209 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3210 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3219 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3220 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3221 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3224 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3225 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3226 `american-calendar'.")
3228 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3230 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3231 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3232 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3234 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3236 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3237 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3238 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3240 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3242 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3243 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3244 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3246 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3248 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3249 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3250 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3252 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3254 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3255 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3256 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3257 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3258 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3259 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3261 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3263 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3264 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3265 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3267 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3268 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3269 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3272 #include \"filename\"
3274 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3275 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3276 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3277 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3278 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3280 For example, you could use
3282 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3283 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3284 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3286 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3287 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3288 lexicographic order.")
3290 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3292 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3293 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3294 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3296 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3298 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3299 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3300 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3303 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3304 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3305 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3306 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3307 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3308 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3309 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3311 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3312 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3313 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3314 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3315 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3316 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3317 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3318 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3320 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3322 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3323 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3324 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3325 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3326 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3327 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3328 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3332 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3335 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3336 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3337 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3339 #include \"filename\"
3340 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3341 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3342 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3343 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3344 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3346 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3348 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3349 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3350 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3351 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3352 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3353 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3354 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3356 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3358 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3359 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3360 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3363 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3365 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3366 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3367 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3368 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3369 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3373 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3376 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3393 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3395 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3397 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3400 User defined holidays.
3401 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3403 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3409 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3413 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3417 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3421 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3429 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3431 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3437 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3439 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3445 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3447 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3449 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3451 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3453 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3455 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3456 Sun-related holidays.
3457 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3459 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3461 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3463 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3464 The frame setup of the calendar.
3465 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3466 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3467 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3468 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3469 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3471 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3473 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3474 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3475 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3477 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3478 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3482 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3483 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3484 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3486 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3487 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3488 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3489 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3491 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3496 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3499 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3500 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3502 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3505 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3506 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17817
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3516 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3521 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3524 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3525 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3532 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3533 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3536 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3537 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3538 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3539 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3540 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3541 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3542 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3544 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3546 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3547 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3555 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3556 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3557 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3558 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3559 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3560 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3562 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3564 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3565 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3572 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3573 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3575 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3576 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3577 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3578 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3579 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3580 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3583 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3585 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3586 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3593 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3594 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3595 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3597 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3598 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3599 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3600 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3601 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3602 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3605 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3607 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3608 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3615 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3616 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3617 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3619 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3620 Major mode for editing Java code.
3621 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3622 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3623 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3624 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3627 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3629 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3630 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3637 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3638 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3641 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3642 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3643 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3644 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3645 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3646 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3649 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3651 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3652 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3659 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3660 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3661 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3662 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3664 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3665 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3666 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3667 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3668 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3669 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3672 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3674 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3675 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3686 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3690 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3691 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17817 13957))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3694 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3695 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3696 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3697 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3699 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3701 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3702 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3705 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3706 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3707 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3708 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3711 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3712 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3713 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3714 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3717 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3719 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3720 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3721 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3722 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3724 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3726 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3727 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3728 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3730 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3732 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3733 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3734 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3735 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3736 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3738 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3745 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17817 13957))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3751 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3753 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3757 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3758 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3759 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3762 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3763 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3765 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3768 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3770 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3772 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3773 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3775 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3776 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3777 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3778 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3781 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3783 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3785 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3786 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3788 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3789 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3793 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3794 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3795 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3796 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3797 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3800 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3801 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3802 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3803 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3805 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3806 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3809 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3811 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3813 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3816 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3817 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3819 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3820 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3821 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3824 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3826 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3827 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3828 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3830 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3832 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3834 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3835 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3837 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3841 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3843 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3845 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3846 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3849 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3850 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3853 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3855 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3856 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3857 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3858 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3859 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3860 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3861 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3862 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3863 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3864 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3865 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3866 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3867 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3868 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3869 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3870 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3873 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3874 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3877 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3879 | (write EXPRESSION)
3880 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3881 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3884 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3887 ;; Same as: (write string)
3889 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3890 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3891 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3894 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3895 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3896 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3897 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3898 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3899 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3901 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3902 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3904 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3907 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3908 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3909 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3911 ARG := REG | integer
3914 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3917 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3920 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3923 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3924 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3927 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3928 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3929 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3937 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3938 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3940 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3941 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3942 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3945 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3946 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3949 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3950 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3952 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3955 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3959 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3960 ;; Same meaning as C code
3961 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3963 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3968 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3969 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3972 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3973 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3977 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3981 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3983 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3985 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3986 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3987 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3989 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3990 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3991 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3992 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3993 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3996 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3998 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3999 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4000 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4001 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4002 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4003 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4005 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4007 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4008 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4009 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4011 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4013 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4018 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4021 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4022 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4023 There are no special keybindings by default.
4025 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4026 to the action header.
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4040 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4043 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4044 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4045 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4046 the users will view as each check is completed.
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4063 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4064 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4065 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4066 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4067 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4068 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4070 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4074 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4075 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4076 spacing are all verified.
4080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4081 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4082 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4083 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4084 otherwise stop after the first error.
4086 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4089 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4090 Only documentation strings are checked.
4091 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4100 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4101 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4103 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4106 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4108 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4111 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4113 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4114 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4115 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4116 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4118 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4120 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4123 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4124 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4126 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4128 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4129 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4130 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4131 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4132 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4138 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4139 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4140 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4141 space at the end of each line.
4143 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4147 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4168 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4169 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4174 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4175 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4176 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4181 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4182 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4185 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4188 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4189 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4192 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4195 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4196 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4197 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4199 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4202 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4203 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4204 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4206 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4208 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4209 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4210 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4212 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4213 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4214 checking of documentation strings.
4216 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4222 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4223 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17817
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4227 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4238 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4239 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4240 Return the length of resulting text.
4242 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4244 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4245 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4252 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17817 13974))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4255 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4256 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4257 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4258 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4259 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4260 editing and the result is evaluated.
4262 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4265 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4266 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4267 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4268 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4270 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4274 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4275 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4276 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4277 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4278 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4280 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4281 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4282 \\{command-history-map}
4284 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4285 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17817 13982))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4294 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4295 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4296 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4297 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4298 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4299 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4301 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4302 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17778 49129))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4310 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4313 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4317 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4318 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4321 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4322 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4323 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4324 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4326 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4327 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4328 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4329 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4331 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4332 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4334 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4338 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17817
4340 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4342 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4343 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4344 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4345 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4346 of `scheme-program-name').
4347 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4348 it is given as initial input.
4349 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4350 discards input when it starts up.
4351 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4356 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4361 ;;;;;; (17817 14139))
4362 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4364 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4365 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4366 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4367 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4368 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4370 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4372 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4420 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4421 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4422 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17817 15477))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4425 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4426 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4427 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4430 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4431 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4432 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4433 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4435 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4437 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4438 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4439 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4441 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4443 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4444 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4445 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4447 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4450 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4451 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4453 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4455 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4456 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4458 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4459 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4460 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4462 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4463 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4467 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4468 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4470 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4471 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4472 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4474 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4478 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4479 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4480 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4481 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
4482 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4484 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4485 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4486 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4487 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4488 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4489 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4490 functions have already modified the buffer.
4492 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4494 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4495 either globally or locally.")
4497 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4499 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4500 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4501 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4502 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4503 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4504 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4505 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4506 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4508 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4510 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4512 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4513 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4514 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4515 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4516 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4517 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4518 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4519 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4521 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4523 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4525 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4526 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4527 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4528 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4529 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4530 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4532 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4534 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4535 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4536 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4537 directory tracking functions.")
4539 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4540 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4541 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4543 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4545 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4547 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4548 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4549 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4551 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4553 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4555 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4556 Send COMMAND to current process.
4557 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4558 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4560 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4562 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4563 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4564 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4565 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4567 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17817
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4575 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4576 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4577 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4578 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4580 This command pushes the mark in each window
4581 at the prior location of point in that window.
4582 If both windows display the same buffer,
4583 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4584 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4586 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4587 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4588 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4589 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4590 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4591 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4592 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4595 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4596 this command work in interlaced mode:
4597 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4598 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4599 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4601 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4605 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4606 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4607 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4608 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4609 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17778 50475))
4610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4612 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4613 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4615 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4617 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4618 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4620 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4622 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4623 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4624 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4625 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4626 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4627 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4628 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4630 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4631 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4632 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4633 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4634 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4636 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4637 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4638 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4639 describing how the process finished.")
4641 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4642 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4643 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4644 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4646 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4647 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4648 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4650 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4652 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4653 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4654 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4655 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4657 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4659 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4660 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4662 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4663 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4665 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4667 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4668 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4669 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4670 (concat \"make -k \"
4671 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4673 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4674 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4676 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4677 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4678 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4679 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4681 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4683 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4684 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4685 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4686 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4688 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4689 and move to the source code that caused it.
4691 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4692 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4694 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4695 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4696 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4697 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4699 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4700 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4701 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4702 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4705 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4706 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4707 to a function that generates a unique name.
4709 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4711 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4712 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4713 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4714 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4716 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4717 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4718 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4719 to determine the buffer name.
4721 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4722 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4723 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4725 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4727 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4729 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4730 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4731 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4732 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4733 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4735 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4737 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4739 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4746 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4747 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4751 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4752 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4753 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4754 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4755 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4756 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4760 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4761 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4762 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4764 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4766 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4771 ;;;;;; (17817 13974))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4774 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4775 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4776 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4779 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4781 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4783 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4784 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4785 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4787 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4788 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4789 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4790 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4792 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4793 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4794 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4795 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4797 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4798 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4799 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4800 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4802 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4803 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4804 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4805 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4806 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4812 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4813 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4816 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4817 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4818 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4821 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4823 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4825 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4826 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4832 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4833 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4834 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4835 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17817 15477))
4836 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4838 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4839 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4840 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4841 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4844 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4846 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4847 | | 1:tc or top-center
4848 | | 2:tr or top-right
4849 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4850 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4851 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4852 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4853 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4854 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4856 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4857 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4858 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4859 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4862 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4863 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4864 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4866 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4870 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4874 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4877 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4878 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4879 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4880 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4882 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4884 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4885 Compose characters in the current region.
4887 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4888 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4890 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4892 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4893 specifying the region.
4895 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4896 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4897 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4899 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4900 of the text in the region.
4902 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4904 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4905 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4906 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4907 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4909 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4910 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4913 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4914 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4915 text in the composition.
4917 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4919 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4920 Decompose text in the current region.
4922 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4923 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4928 Compose characters in string STRING.
4930 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4931 the characters in it.
4933 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4934 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4935 STRING respectively.
4937 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4938 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4939 `compose-region' for more detail.
4941 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4942 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4943 text in the composition.
4945 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4947 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4948 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4950 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4952 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4953 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4954 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4955 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4956 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4957 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4958 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4959 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4961 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4963 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4964 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4966 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4967 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4969 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4970 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4972 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4973 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4975 If no composition is found, return nil.
4977 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4978 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4980 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4981 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4982 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4984 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4986 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4988 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4989 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4990 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4992 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4994 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4996 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4998 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4999 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5001 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5002 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5003 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5004 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5005 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5006 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5007 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5010 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5012 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5013 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5015 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5017 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5018 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5020 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5022 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5024 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5025 Compose last characters.
5026 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5027 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5028 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5029 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5030 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5031 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5032 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5033 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5034 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5035 after a sequence of character events.
5038 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5040 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5041 Convert CHAR to string.
5043 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5044 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5045 vector of CHAR respectively.
5046 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5048 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5050 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5054 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5055 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5056 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5057 ;;;;;; (17713 5992))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5060 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5062 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5063 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5064 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5065 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5066 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5068 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5069 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5070 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5072 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5073 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5074 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5076 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5077 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5078 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5079 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5081 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5082 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5083 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5084 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5085 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5086 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5087 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5093 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5094 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5095 Comments start with `#'.
5096 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5098 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5108 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5109 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5110 Comments start with `;'.
5111 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5113 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5115 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5116 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5117 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5119 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5120 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5124 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5125 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5126 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5127 between `/*' and `*/'.
5128 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5130 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5131 // another kind of comment
5143 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5144 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5145 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5146 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5147 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5148 `conf-space-keywords'.
5149 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5150 in an interactive fashion instead.
5152 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5154 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5156 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5160 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5162 # Standard multimedia devices
5163 add /dev/audio desktop
5164 add /dev/mixer desktop
5168 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5169 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5170 See `conf-space-mode'.
5172 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5174 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5176 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5177 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5179 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5181 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5182 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5186 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5187 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5188 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5189 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5191 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5193 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5194 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5198 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5199 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5200 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5201 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5203 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5213 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17817 14124))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5216 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5217 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5218 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5219 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5221 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5223 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5224 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5225 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5226 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5228 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5230 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5231 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5232 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5233 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5235 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5237 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5238 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5240 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5244 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5245 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5248 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5249 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5250 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5251 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5252 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5253 following the copyright are updated as well.
5254 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5257 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5259 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5260 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5261 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5265 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5266 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5268 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5273 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17817 13977))
5274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5276 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5277 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5278 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5279 Tab indents for Perl code.
5280 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5281 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5283 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5284 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5285 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5286 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5287 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5288 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5289 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5290 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5291 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5292 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5293 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5294 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5296 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5298 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5299 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5301 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5303 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5304 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5305 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5306 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5307 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5308 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5309 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5310 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5311 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5313 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5317 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5318 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5319 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5322 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5323 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5324 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5326 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5328 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5329 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5330 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5331 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5332 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5334 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5344 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5345 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5346 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5347 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5348 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5349 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5350 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5351 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5352 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5353 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5354 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5355 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5356 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5358 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5359 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5360 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5361 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5362 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5363 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5365 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5366 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5369 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5370 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5371 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5372 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5373 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5375 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5376 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5377 span the needed amount of lines.
5379 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5380 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5381 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5382 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5384 Variables controlling indentation style:
5385 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5386 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5387 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5388 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5389 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5390 `cperl-auto-newline'
5391 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5392 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5393 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5394 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5395 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5396 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5397 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5398 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5399 `cperl-indent-level'
5400 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5401 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5402 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5403 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5404 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5405 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5406 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5407 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5408 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5409 `cperl-brace-offset'
5410 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5411 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5412 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5413 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5414 `cperl-label-offset'
5415 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5416 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5417 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5419 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5420 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5421 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5422 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5423 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5424 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5426 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5427 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5428 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5429 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5431 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5432 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5433 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5434 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5435 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5436 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5438 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5439 column 0 is indented on
5440 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5442 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5445 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5446 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5447 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5451 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5452 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5456 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5457 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5463 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5464 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5467 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5468 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5469 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5470 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5471 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5475 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5476 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5483 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5486 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5487 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5488 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5489 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5492 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5494 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5496 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5497 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5498 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5502 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5507 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5510 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5511 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5512 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5513 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5515 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5516 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5517 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5518 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5520 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5521 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5522 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5524 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5525 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5528 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5529 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5530 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5532 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5534 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5535 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5536 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5538 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5543 ;;;;;; (17817 13978))
5544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5546 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5547 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5548 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5551 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5553 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5555 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5556 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5557 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5558 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5559 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5561 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5562 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5563 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5564 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5565 function of these prefix keys.
5567 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5568 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5570 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5571 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5572 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5574 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5575 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5576 the prefix fallback behavior.
5578 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5579 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5580 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5581 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5585 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5586 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5589 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5590 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5591 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5592 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5593 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5594 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5595 (if user-init-file (concat
5596 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5597 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5601 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5602 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5603 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5604 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5605 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5607 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5608 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5609 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5610 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5611 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5614 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5619 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5620 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5622 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5624 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5625 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5627 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5628 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5630 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5631 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5633 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5634 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5636 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5637 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5639 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5641 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5643 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5644 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5645 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5647 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5648 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5650 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5651 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5653 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5654 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5656 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5657 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5659 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5661 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5663 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5664 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5667 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5668 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5670 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5671 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5683 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5685 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5686 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5687 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5691 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5693 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5694 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5703 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5708 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5710 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5715 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5717 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5719 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5723 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5724 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5725 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5726 as part of Emacs itself.
5728 Each elements looks like this:
5730 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5732 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5733 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5734 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5735 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5736 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5737 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5738 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5741 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5743 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5744 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5749 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5750 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5751 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5752 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5754 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5757 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5760 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5763 that were added or redefined since that version.
5765 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5767 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5769 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5770 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5772 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5773 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5775 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5777 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5779 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5781 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5782 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5784 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5786 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5791 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5796 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all already saved user options.
5801 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5803 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5804 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5805 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5806 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5807 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5808 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5810 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5814 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5815 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5817 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5830 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5831 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5832 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5833 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5836 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5838 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5840 The result includes selecting that window.
5841 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5842 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5843 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5846 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5848 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5849 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5853 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5854 File used for storing customization information.
5855 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5856 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5857 it should be an absolute file name.
5859 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5860 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5861 something like the following in your init file:
5863 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5866 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5867 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5869 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5870 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5871 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5872 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5873 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5875 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5876 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5877 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5878 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5879 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5880 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5881 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5882 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5883 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5884 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5886 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5888 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5893 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5898 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5900 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5902 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5904 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5905 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5906 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5907 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5908 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5915 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5918 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5919 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5921 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5923 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5924 Alist of face attributes.
5926 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5927 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5928 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5929 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5930 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5931 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5933 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5934 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5935 customization type TYPE).
5937 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5938 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5939 given face attribute.")
5941 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5942 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5943 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5944 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5946 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5948 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5949 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5950 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5951 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5952 between themes and faces.
5953 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5955 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5956 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5960 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5961 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5962 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5966 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5968 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5970 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5971 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5972 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5974 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5978 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5980 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5985 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5988 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5989 Create a custom theme.
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5996 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5999 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6000 Mode used for cvs status output.
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6007 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6010 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6011 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6013 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6014 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6015 C++ modes are included.
6017 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6024 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6025 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6029 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6030 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6031 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6034 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6036 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6042 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17817 14143))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17817
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17611
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6411 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6413 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6415 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6416 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6417 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6420 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6421 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6422 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6430 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17817 13982))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6433 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6434 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6436 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6438 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6439 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6440 or nil if there is no parent.
6441 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6442 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6443 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6444 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6445 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6447 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6448 arguments are currently understood:
6450 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6451 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6453 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6454 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6456 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6457 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6459 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6461 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6463 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6464 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6465 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6467 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6468 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6470 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6471 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6472 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6474 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6475 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6477 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6478 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6480 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6482 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6484 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6485 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6486 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6487 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6488 the first time the mode is used.
6490 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6495 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17817 13959))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6498 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6499 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6500 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6501 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6502 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6505 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6507 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6508 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6509 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6510 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6511 character composition information (if relevant),
6512 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6521 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17713 5989))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6524 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6525 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6526 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6530 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6531 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6532 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6533 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6534 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6535 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6539 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6540 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6541 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6542 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6544 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6546 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6547 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6548 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6550 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6551 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6552 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6554 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6555 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6557 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6558 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6559 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6561 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6562 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6563 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6564 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6566 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6568 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6569 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6571 Handlers are called with argument list
6573 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6575 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6577 desktop-file-version
6578 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6579 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6580 desktop-buffer-point
6582 desktop-buffer-read-only
6583 desktop-buffer-locals
6585 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6586 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6588 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6591 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6593 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6594 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6596 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6598 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6600 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6601 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6602 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6603 List elements must have the form
6605 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6607 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6610 Handlers are called with argument list
6612 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6614 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6616 desktop-file-version
6617 desktop-buffer-file-name
6619 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6620 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6621 desktop-buffer-point
6623 desktop-buffer-read-only
6626 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6627 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6630 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6633 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6635 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6636 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6638 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6640 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6642 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6646 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6647 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6648 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6653 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6654 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6655 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6657 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6660 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6661 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6666 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6667 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6668 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6669 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6670 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6671 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6672 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6674 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6677 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6678 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6682 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6683 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6684 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6685 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6688 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6690 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6691 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6695 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6696 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6703 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6704 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17817 15855))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6708 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6709 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6710 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6711 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6712 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6714 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6717 Repair a broken attribution line.
6718 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6724 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6725 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6727 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6730 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6737 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17817 15478))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6740 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6742 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6745 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6747 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6755 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 54393))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6758 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6759 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6760 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6761 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6762 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6766 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6767 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6768 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6769 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6771 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6772 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6773 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6774 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6777 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6779 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6780 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6781 european-calendar-style t \\
6782 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6783 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6784 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6786 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6787 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6788 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6789 to run it every morning at 1am.
6791 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6793 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17549 4607))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6810 *The command to use to run diff.")
6812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6818 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6819 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6828 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6830 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6835 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6838 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6839 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6840 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6842 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6843 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6844 headers for you on-the-fly.
6846 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6847 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6848 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6853 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6854 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6855 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6862 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6863 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6864 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6865 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17817 16882))
6866 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6868 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6869 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6870 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6871 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6872 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6873 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6874 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6875 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6877 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6879 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6880 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6882 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6883 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6884 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6885 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6886 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6888 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6889 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6891 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6892 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6893 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6894 always set this variable to t.")
6896 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6898 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6899 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6900 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6901 A value of t means move to first file.")
6903 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6905 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6906 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6907 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6908 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6909 are afterward marked with that character.")
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6914 *Controls marking of copied files.
6915 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6916 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6920 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6921 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6922 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6923 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6925 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6927 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6928 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6929 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6930 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6932 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6934 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6935 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6936 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6937 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6939 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6941 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6943 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6944 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6945 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6947 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6949 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6950 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6951 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6952 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6953 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6954 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6956 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6957 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6958 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6959 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6960 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6961 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6962 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6963 list of files to make directory entries for.
6964 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6965 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6966 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6967 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6969 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6971 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6972 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6974 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6975 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6977 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6978 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6980 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6981 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6983 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6985 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6986 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6988 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6990 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6991 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6992 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6993 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6994 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6995 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6996 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6997 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6998 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6999 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7000 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7001 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7002 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7003 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7004 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7005 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7006 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7007 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7008 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7009 to see why something went wrong.
7010 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7011 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7012 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7013 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7014 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7015 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7016 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7017 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7018 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7019 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7020 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7021 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7022 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7024 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7025 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7026 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7027 again for the directory tree.
7029 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7032 `dired-listing-switches'
7033 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7034 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7037 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7042 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7044 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7045 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7052 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7053 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7057 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7058 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7059 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7060 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7061 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7062 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7063 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7064 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7065 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7066 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7067 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7069 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7070 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17778 50473))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7073 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7075 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7076 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7077 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7078 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7079 which is options for `diff'.
7081 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7083 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7084 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7085 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7086 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7087 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7088 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7090 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7092 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7093 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7094 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7095 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7096 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7097 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7098 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7100 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7102 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7103 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7104 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7105 returned by function `file-attributes'
7107 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7108 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7110 Examples of PREDICATE:
7112 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7113 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7114 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7115 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7116 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7118 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7120 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7122 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7131 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7132 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7136 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7137 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7142 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7144 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7145 `lpr-switches' as default.
7147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7150 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7151 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7152 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7153 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7155 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7156 with a prefix argument.
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7162 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7163 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7164 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7166 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7167 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7169 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7170 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7171 file name substituted for `?'.
7173 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7174 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7176 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7177 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7178 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7179 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7181 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7183 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7184 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7185 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7187 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7188 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7191 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7192 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7193 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7195 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7197 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7200 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7204 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7205 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7206 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7207 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7208 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7209 from the buffer as well.
7210 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7211 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7212 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7214 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7221 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7224 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7243 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7244 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7246 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7247 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7248 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7249 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7250 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7251 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7252 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7254 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7256 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7259 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7261 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7266 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7269 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7271 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7274 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7276 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7279 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7281 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7284 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7286 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7287 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7288 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7291 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7301 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7302 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7303 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7304 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7305 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7306 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7307 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7308 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7310 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7314 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7315 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7316 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7317 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7318 and new hard links are made in that directory
7319 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7320 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7321 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7325 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7326 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7327 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7328 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7329 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7330 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7331 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7335 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7336 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7338 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7339 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7340 file if none are marked.
7342 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7343 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7344 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7345 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7347 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7348 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7350 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7352 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7353 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7354 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7356 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7358 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7360 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7362 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7364 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7365 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7366 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7368 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7370 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7375 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7376 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7380 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7381 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7382 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7383 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7384 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7385 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7387 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7389 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7390 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7391 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7392 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7393 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7394 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7395 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7397 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7399 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7400 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7401 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7402 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7403 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7404 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7406 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7408 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7410 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7411 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7412 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7414 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7416 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7417 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7418 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7419 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7423 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7424 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7425 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7426 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7430 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7431 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7432 Lower levels are unaffected.
7434 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7436 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7437 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7441 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7442 Go down in the dired tree.
7446 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7447 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7448 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7449 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7453 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7454 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7455 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7456 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7460 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7461 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7462 Stops when a match is found.
7463 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7465 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7467 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7468 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7469 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7470 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7471 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7473 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7475 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7476 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7477 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7478 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7480 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7484 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17713 5989))
7485 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7487 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7488 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7489 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7490 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7491 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7492 buffer and try again.
7494 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7496 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7497 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7498 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7499 This creates relative symbolic links like
7503 not absolute ones like
7505 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7507 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7513 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17817 13975))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7516 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7517 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7518 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7520 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7522 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7523 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7525 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7526 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7528 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7536 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7537 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7538 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7539 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7540 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7541 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7543 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7547 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7548 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7549 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7550 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7551 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17817 13975))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7554 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7555 Return a new, empty display table.
7559 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7560 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7561 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7562 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7563 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7565 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7567 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7568 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7569 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7570 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7571 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7573 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7575 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7576 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7580 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7581 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7585 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7586 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7590 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7591 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C using printable string S.
7600 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7601 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7602 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7603 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7605 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7608 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7609 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7612 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7614 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7615 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7617 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7619 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7620 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7622 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7624 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7625 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7627 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7629 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7630 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7632 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7634 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7635 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7637 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7639 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7640 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7642 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7643 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7644 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7645 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7647 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7648 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7649 European character display.
7651 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7652 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7653 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7654 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7656 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7657 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7658 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7659 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7660 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7670 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7671 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7672 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7673 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7674 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7675 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7676 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17713 5989))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7686 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7687 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7688 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7689 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7690 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7691 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7693 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7694 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7695 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7696 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7697 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7699 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7704 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17713 5203))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7707 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7708 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7709 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7710 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7711 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7712 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7713 table and its own syntax table.
7715 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7718 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7720 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7721 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7724 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7728 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17817 14124))
7729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7731 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7732 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7742 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7745 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7747 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7749 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7751 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7753 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7754 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7760 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17778 50475))
7761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7763 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7764 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7770 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7771 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7774 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7775 Play sounds in message buffers.
7781 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7782 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7783 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17817 16945))
7784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7786 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7788 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7789 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7790 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7791 and toggle command MODE.
7793 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7794 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7795 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7796 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7797 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7798 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7799 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7800 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7803 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7804 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7805 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7806 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7807 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7808 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7809 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7810 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7811 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7812 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7813 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7814 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7815 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7816 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7817 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7818 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7819 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7821 For example, you could write
7822 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7823 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7826 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7828 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7830 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7832 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7833 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7834 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7835 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7836 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7837 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7838 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7839 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7840 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7841 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7842 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7843 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7845 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7846 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7847 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7848 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7849 call another major mode in their body.
7851 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7853 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7854 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7855 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7856 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7857 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7858 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7859 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7861 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7863 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7866 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7868 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7869 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7870 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7872 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7876 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7877 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17817
7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7881 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7883 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7884 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7886 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7887 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7888 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7890 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7891 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7895 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7896 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7900 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7901 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7905 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7906 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7908 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7910 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7912 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7914 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7915 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7917 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7918 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7920 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7922 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7924 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7928 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7929 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7930 computed automatically.
7931 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7935 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7937 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7938 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7939 keyboard equivalent.
7943 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7944 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7948 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7949 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7953 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7954 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7958 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7962 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7963 radio: A radio button.
7964 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7965 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7967 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7971 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7972 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7976 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7978 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7979 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7980 as a solid horizontal line.
7982 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7984 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7986 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7989 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7991 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7992 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7993 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7994 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7996 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7998 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7999 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8000 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8001 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8002 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8003 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8005 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8006 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8007 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8028 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8029 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8030 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17817 13971))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8034 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8035 Customization for ebnf group.
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after process termination.
8057 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8064 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8065 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8068 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8069 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8070 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8071 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8073 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8077 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8079 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8081 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8084 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8086 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8091 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8096 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8097 killed after process termination.
8099 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8101 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8103 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8106 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8114 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8116 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8121 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8132 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8136 killed after EPS generation.
8138 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8145 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8146 The EPS file name has the following form:
8148 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8150 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8151 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8153 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8154 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8155 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8156 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8157 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8159 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8164 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8167 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8168 The EPS file name has the following form:
8170 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8172 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8173 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8175 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8176 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8177 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8178 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8179 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8181 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8186 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8191 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8193 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8198 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8200 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8203 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8204 killed after syntax checking.
8206 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8208 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8211 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8215 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8220 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8221 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8225 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8230 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8244 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8247 Set STYLE as the current style.
8249 Returns the old style symbol.
8251 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8255 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Reset current style.
8258 Returns the old style symbol.
8260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8264 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8265 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8267 Returns the old style symbol.
8269 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8273 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8275 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8276 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8278 Returns the old style symbol.
8280 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8297 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8298 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17591
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8302 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8303 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8304 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8305 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8306 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8307 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8309 Tree mode key bindings:
8310 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8315 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8320 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8322 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8327 View declaration of member at point.
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Find declaration of member at point.
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8337 View definition of member at point.
8341 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8342 Find definition of member at point.
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8351 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8352 View definition of member at point in other window.
8356 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8357 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8367 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8371 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8372 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8376 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8377 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8378 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8379 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8382 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8386 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8387 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8389 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8391 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8392 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8393 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8394 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8396 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8400 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8405 Search for call sites of a member.
8406 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8407 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8408 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8409 looks like a function call to the member.
8411 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Move backward in the position stack.
8415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Move forward in the position stack.
8421 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8425 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8426 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8430 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8431 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8435 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8436 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8437 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8438 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8440 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8442 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8443 Display statistics for a class tree.
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8450 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8453 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8454 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8455 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8456 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8458 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8459 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8460 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8462 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8463 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8464 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8466 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8468 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8475 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17817 13975))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8478 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8479 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8480 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8482 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8487 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17713 5203))
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8491 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8492 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8493 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8494 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8495 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8497 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8498 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8499 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8500 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8502 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8504 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8505 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8506 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8507 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8509 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8511 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8512 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8513 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8514 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8516 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8518 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8520 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8521 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8522 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8523 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8524 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8526 If you do this on a function definition
8527 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8528 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8529 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8530 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8532 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8533 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8534 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8535 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8540 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8541 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8545 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8546 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8559 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8560 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8561 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17778 50473))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8567 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8572 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8576 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8580 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8581 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8588 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8597 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8601 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8602 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8604 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8606 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8615 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8617 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8618 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8619 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8620 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8624 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8626 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8627 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8628 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8629 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8631 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8633 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8635 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8636 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8637 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8638 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8639 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8640 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8645 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8646 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8647 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8649 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8651 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8662 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8664 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8665 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8666 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8668 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8669 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8671 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8674 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8675 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8677 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8678 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8680 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8682 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8683 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8684 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8685 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8686 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8688 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8697 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8699 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8702 Merge two files without ancestor.
8704 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8707 Merge two files with ancestor.
8709 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8711 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8714 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8719 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8723 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8724 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8725 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8728 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8730 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8731 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8732 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8739 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8740 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8745 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8746 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8747 and don't ask the user.
8748 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8749 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8751 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8753 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8754 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8755 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8756 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8757 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8758 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8759 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8760 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8762 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8764 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8766 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8769 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8770 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8771 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8772 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8776 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8778 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8779 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8780 When called interactively, displays the version.
8784 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8785 Display Ediff's manual.
8786 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8788 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8793 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8796 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8806 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8807 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8809 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8811 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8816 ;;;;;; (17778 49123))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8819 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8820 Display Ediff's registry.
8824 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8829 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17713 5989))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8832 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8833 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8834 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8839 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8840 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8841 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8842 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8849 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8853 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8854 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8855 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8857 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8858 Edit a keyboard macro.
8859 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8860 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8861 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8863 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8865 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8867 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8868 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8870 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8872 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8873 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8875 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8877 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8878 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8879 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8880 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8881 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8882 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8884 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8885 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8886 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8887 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8889 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8891 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8892 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8893 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8894 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8895 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8896 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8898 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8903 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17817 15738))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8906 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8908 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8909 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8911 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8913 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8914 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8921 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8924 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8925 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8926 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8927 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8928 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8929 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8930 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8931 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8933 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8934 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8936 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8937 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8938 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8939 this value is non-nil.
8941 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8942 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8943 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8945 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8946 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8947 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8949 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8951 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8954 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8958 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8959 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17817 13982))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8962 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8963 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8965 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8967 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8968 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8969 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8970 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8971 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8972 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8973 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8975 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8979 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8980 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8984 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8985 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8986 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8987 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8988 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8989 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8992 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8993 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8997 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17817
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9001 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
9002 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9004 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9005 an elided material again.
9007 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9013 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9014 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9017 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9024 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9025 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9029 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9030 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9031 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9033 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9035 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9036 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9037 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9039 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9041 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9042 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9043 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9045 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9047 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9049 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9050 Display current profiling results.
9051 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9052 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9063 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9064 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9065 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9067 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9071 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9072 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9073 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9074 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9075 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9078 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9079 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9080 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9081 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9082 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9083 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9084 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9085 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9086 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9087 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9088 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9089 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9090 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9091 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9092 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9093 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9095 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9096 Run Emerge on two files.
9098 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9100 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9101 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9103 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9105 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9106 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9108 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9110 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9111 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9113 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9115 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9120 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9125 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9128 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9130 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9133 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9135 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9136 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9138 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9140 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9141 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9143 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9145 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9148 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9152 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9153 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9156 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9157 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9159 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9161 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9165 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9166 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17817 14127))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9169 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9170 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9171 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9172 text/enriched format.
9173 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9175 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9176 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9180 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9184 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9187 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9189 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9196 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9197 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17817 15473))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9200 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9201 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9205 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9206 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9207 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9208 (server (erc-compute-server))
9209 (port (erc-compute-port))
9210 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9212 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9214 That is, if called with
9216 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9218 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9219 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9220 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9222 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9224 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9225 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9226 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9227 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9229 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17778
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17778 50473))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9252 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9253 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17817 13983))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9256 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9257 Parser for /dcc command.
9258 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9259 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9260 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9262 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9264 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9265 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9269 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9270 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9272 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9273 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9274 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9277 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9281 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9282 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9283 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9284 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9285 ;;;;;; (17817 14136))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9288 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9289 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9291 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9293 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9294 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9295 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9296 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9298 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9300 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9303 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9305 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9306 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9308 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9310 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9311 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9313 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9315 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9316 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9318 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9320 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9321 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9323 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9326 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9328 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9331 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9333 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9335 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9336 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9340 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9341 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9347 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17778
9349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9350 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9352 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9353 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9354 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9367 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9368 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 9873))
9369 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9370 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9372 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9373 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9374 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9375 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9376 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9377 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9380 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9382 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9385 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9390 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9393 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17469 12056))
9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9402 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9406 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9407 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17778 50473))
9408 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9409 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9411 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9412 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9413 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9414 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9415 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9416 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9418 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9420 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9421 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9422 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9423 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9425 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9426 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9429 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9430 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9437 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9438 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9439 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9441 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9443 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9444 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9448 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9449 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9453 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9454 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9458 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9459 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9463 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9464 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9468 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9469 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9473 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9474 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9478 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9479 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9485 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9486 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9488 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9490 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9497 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9498 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17778 50473))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9501 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9502 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9503 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9504 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9508 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9509 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9516 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9518 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9520 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9521 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9522 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9523 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9525 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9527 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9536 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9543 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17778 50473))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9549 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9555 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9559 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9560 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9562 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9564 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9565 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9569 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9570 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9571 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9573 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17778 50473))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9583 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9584 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9587 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9588 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9589 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17713
9597 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9598 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17817 13983))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9604 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17778 50473))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9610 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9611 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9615 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9616 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17778 50473))
9617 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9618 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9620 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9621 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9622 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9623 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9625 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9627 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9628 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9629 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9635 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9636 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9639 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9640 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9650 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9651 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9659 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17817
9661 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9663 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9664 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9670 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9671 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17817 14118))
9672 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9674 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9675 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9676 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9677 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9678 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9679 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9680 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9681 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9682 buffer selected (or created).
9684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9686 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9687 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9688 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9690 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9692 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9693 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9694 The result might be any Lisp object.
9695 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9696 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9697 corresponding to a successful execution.
9699 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9701 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9702 Report a bug in Eshell.
9703 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9704 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9711 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9712 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9713 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9714 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9715 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9716 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9720 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9721 *File name of tags table.
9722 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9723 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9724 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9725 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9727 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9728 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9729 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9730 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9732 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9734 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9735 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9736 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9737 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9738 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9739 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9741 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9743 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9744 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9745 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9746 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9747 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9748 `auto-compression-mode').")
9750 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9752 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9753 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9754 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9755 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9756 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9758 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9760 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9761 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9762 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9763 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9765 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9767 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9768 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9769 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9770 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9771 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9773 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9775 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9776 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9780 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9781 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9782 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9783 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9785 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9786 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9787 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9788 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9789 file the tag was in.
9791 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9793 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9794 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9795 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9796 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9797 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9798 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9799 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9800 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9801 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9803 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9805 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9806 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9807 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9808 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9809 without directory names.
9813 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9814 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9815 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9816 but does not select the buffer.
9817 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9819 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9820 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9821 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9822 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9823 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9825 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9827 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9828 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9829 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9833 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9835 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9836 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9837 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9838 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9840 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9841 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9842 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9843 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9844 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9846 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9848 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9849 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9850 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9852 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9854 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9855 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9857 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9858 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9859 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9860 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9861 around or before point.
9863 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9864 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9865 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9866 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9867 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9869 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9871 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9872 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9873 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9875 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9877 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9878 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9880 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9881 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9882 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9883 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9884 around or before point.
9886 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9887 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9888 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9889 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9890 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9892 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9894 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9895 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9896 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9898 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9900 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9901 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9903 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9904 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9905 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9907 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9908 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9909 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9910 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9911 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9913 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9915 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9916 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9917 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9919 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9921 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9922 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9923 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9925 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9926 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9928 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9929 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9930 where they were found.
9934 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9935 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9937 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9938 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9939 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9941 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9942 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9944 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9945 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9947 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9949 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9950 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9951 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9952 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9954 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9955 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9956 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9957 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9958 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9960 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9961 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9963 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9964 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9965 Stops when a match is found.
9966 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9968 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9970 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9972 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9973 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9974 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9975 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9976 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9978 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9980 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9982 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9983 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9984 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9985 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9986 directory specification.
9988 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9990 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9991 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9993 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9995 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9996 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9997 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9998 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10002 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10003 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10004 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10005 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10006 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10012 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10013 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10014 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10015 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10016 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10017 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10018 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10019 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17817 15478))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10022 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10027 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10028 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10029 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10030 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10032 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10033 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10036 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10037 even if the buffer is read-only.
10039 See also the descriptions of the variables
10040 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10041 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10043 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10045 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10046 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10048 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10049 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10051 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10052 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10055 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10056 buffer is read-only.
10058 See also the descriptions of the variables
10059 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10060 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10062 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10064 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10065 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10066 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10070 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10071 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10073 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10074 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10076 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10077 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10082 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10083 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10084 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10086 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10088 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10089 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10090 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10091 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10093 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10094 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10095 the primary language.
10097 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10098 buffer is read-only.
10100 See also the descriptions of the variables
10101 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10102 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10104 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10106 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10107 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10108 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10109 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10111 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10112 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10115 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10116 buffer is read-only.
10118 See also the descriptions of the variables
10119 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10120 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10122 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10124 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10125 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10126 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10130 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10131 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10133 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10134 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10135 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10136 3) convert the body into SERA.
10138 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10142 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10143 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10144 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10148 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10149 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10153 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10154 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10156 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10157 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10160 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10161 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10162 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10164 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10166 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10168 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10169 Allow the user to input special characters.
10173 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10174 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10175 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10179 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10180 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10185 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10187 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10188 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10190 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10191 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10195 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10196 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10200 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10201 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10205 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10206 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10213 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10214 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10217 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10218 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10219 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10220 server for future sessions.
10222 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10224 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10225 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10226 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10228 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10230 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10231 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10232 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10234 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10236 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10237 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10238 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10239 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10240 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10241 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10242 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10243 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10244 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10245 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10246 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10247 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10249 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10251 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10252 Display a form to query the directory server.
10253 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10254 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10256 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10258 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10259 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10260 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10264 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10269 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10270 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17817 14121))
10271 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10273 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10274 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10276 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10278 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10279 Display URL and make it clickable.
10281 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10283 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10284 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10286 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10288 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10289 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10291 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10293 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10294 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10296 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10298 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10299 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10301 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10306 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17817 14121))
10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10309 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10310 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10311 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10315 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10316 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10322 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10323 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10327 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17817
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10337 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10338 Create an empty ewoc.
10340 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10342 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10343 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10344 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10345 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10346 `insert-before-markers'.
10348 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10349 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10350 respectively, of the ewoc.
10352 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10353 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10354 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10356 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10361 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10362 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10363 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10366 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10367 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10368 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10370 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10372 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10373 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10374 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10375 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10376 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10378 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10380 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10381 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10382 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10383 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10384 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10387 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10389 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10390 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10391 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10395 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10396 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10397 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10405 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17817 13975))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10408 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10409 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10410 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10411 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10413 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10415 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10416 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10417 to generate such functions.
10419 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10420 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10421 beginning of the expanded text.
10423 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10424 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10425 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10426 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10428 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10430 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10432 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10433 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10434 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10438 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10439 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10440 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10443 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10444 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17817 13977))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10451 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10452 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10453 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10455 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10456 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10457 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10459 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10464 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10467 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10469 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10471 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10472 `f90-program-indent'
10473 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10475 `f90-continuation-indent'
10476 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10477 `f90-comment-region'
10478 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10479 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10480 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10481 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10483 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10484 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10485 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10486 `f90-break-delimiters'
10487 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10488 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10489 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10490 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10492 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10493 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10495 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10496 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10497 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10498 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10499 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10500 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10501 `f90-leave-line-no'
10502 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10504 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10505 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10511 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10512 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10513 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10514 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10515 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17817 13971))
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10517 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10518 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10520 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10521 Menu keymap for faces.")
10523 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10525 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10526 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10528 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10530 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10531 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10533 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10535 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10536 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10538 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10540 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10541 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10543 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10545 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10546 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10548 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10550 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10551 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10553 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10555 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10557 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10559 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10561 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10562 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10564 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10565 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10566 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10567 to the faces to use for the next character
10568 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10569 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10571 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10572 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10573 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10574 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10575 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10576 preceding faces (including FACE).
10578 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10579 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10581 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10583 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10584 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10585 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10587 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10588 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10591 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10592 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10593 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10595 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10597 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10598 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10599 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10601 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10602 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10605 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10606 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10607 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10609 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10612 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10613 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10614 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10615 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10616 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10617 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10619 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10620 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10623 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10624 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10625 to insert cancels the specification.
10627 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10629 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10630 Make the region invisible.
10631 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10632 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10636 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10637 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10638 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10639 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10643 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10644 Make the region unmodifiable.
10645 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10646 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10648 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10650 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10651 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10655 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10656 Remove all text properties from the region.
10658 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10660 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10661 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10662 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10666 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10667 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10669 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10671 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10672 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10673 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10674 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10675 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10676 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10678 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10682 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10683 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17817 14122))
10684 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10686 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10687 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10688 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10689 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10691 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10693 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10694 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10695 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10697 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10698 - When you save the file's buffer.
10699 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10700 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10701 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10702 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10704 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10706 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10707 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10708 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10709 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10713 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10714 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10718 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10723 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10724 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17778 50475))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10727 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10728 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10729 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10730 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10734 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10735 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10739 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10740 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10741 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10742 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10746 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10747 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10748 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10749 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10750 backup file names and the like).
10752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10754 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10755 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10756 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10757 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10758 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10759 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10760 internally by feedmail):
10762 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10763 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10764 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10765 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10767 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10768 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10769 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10770 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10771 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10773 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10777 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10778 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17817 13975))
10779 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10781 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10782 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10783 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10784 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10785 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10786 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10787 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10789 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10791 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10792 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10793 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10794 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10795 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10796 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10797 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10801 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10803 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10804 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10805 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10806 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10807 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10808 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10810 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10812 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10813 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10814 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10816 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10817 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10822 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10823 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10825 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10827 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10828 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10835 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10836 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10837 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17817 13975))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10840 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10841 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10842 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10843 be added to the cache.
10845 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10847 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10848 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10849 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10850 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10851 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10853 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10855 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10856 Add FILE to the file cache.
10860 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10861 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10862 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10867 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10868 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10870 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10872 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10873 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10874 This function does not use any external programs
10875 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10876 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10877 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10879 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10881 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10882 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10883 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10884 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10885 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10886 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10887 \(directories) is done.
10890 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10891 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10892 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17778
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10900 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10901 Filesets initialization.
10902 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17817 16882))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10910 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10914 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10915 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10916 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10919 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10920 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10921 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10922 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10923 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10925 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10927 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10928 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10929 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10930 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10931 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10933 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10935 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10936 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10937 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10938 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10940 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10942 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10943 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10944 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10946 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10948 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10949 as the final argument.
10951 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10953 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10954 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10955 and run dired on those files.
10956 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10957 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10959 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10961 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10963 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10964 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10965 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10967 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10969 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10971 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10976 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10977 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10980 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10981 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10982 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10983 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10984 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10985 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10986 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10988 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10990 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10994 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10996 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10998 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10999 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11000 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11002 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11003 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11005 Variables of interest include:
11007 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11008 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11009 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11011 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11012 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11013 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11015 - `ff-ignore-include'
11016 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11018 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11019 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11022 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11024 - `ff-special-constructs'
11025 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11026 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11027 extracting the filename from that construct.
11029 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11030 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11032 - `ff-search-directories'
11033 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11034 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11036 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11037 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11039 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11040 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11042 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11043 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11045 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11046 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11048 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11049 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11051 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11054 Visit the file you click on.
11056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11059 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11061 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11065 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11066 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11067 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11068 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11069 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11070 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17817 14115))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11074 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11075 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11077 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11080 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11081 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11082 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11084 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11085 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11086 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11087 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11089 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11091 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11092 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11094 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11095 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11096 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11097 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11099 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11100 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11103 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11105 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11106 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11108 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11109 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11110 places point before the definition.
11111 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11113 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11114 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11115 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11117 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11119 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11120 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11122 See `find-function' for more details.
11124 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11126 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11127 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11129 See `find-function' for more details.
11131 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11134 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11136 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11137 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11138 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11140 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11141 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11143 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11145 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11146 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11148 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11149 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11150 places point before the definition.
11152 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11154 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11155 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11156 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11158 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11160 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11161 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11163 See `find-variable' for more details.
11165 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11167 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11168 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11170 See `find-variable' for more details.
11172 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11174 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11175 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11176 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11177 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11178 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11179 buffer nor display it.
11181 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11182 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11184 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11186 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11187 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11189 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11190 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11191 places point before the definition.
11193 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11195 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11196 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11197 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11201 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11202 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11203 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11207 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11208 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11212 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11213 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11217 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11218 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11225 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17817 13975))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11228 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11229 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11231 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11233 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11234 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11238 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11239 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11241 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11246 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17469 12047))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11249 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11250 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11254 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11255 Display FILE's commentary section.
11256 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11260 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11261 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11268 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17817 13975))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11271 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11272 Toggle flow control handling.
11273 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11274 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11276 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11278 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11279 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11280 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11281 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11282 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11283 to get the effect of a C-q.
11285 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (17478 25198))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11293 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11298 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11306 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17778 50475))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11309 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11310 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11311 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11312 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11316 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11317 Turn flymake mode on.
11321 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11322 Turn flymake mode off.
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11329 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11330 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17817 14127))
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11333 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11334 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11337 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11339 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11340 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11341 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11342 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11343 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11344 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11347 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11348 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11349 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11350 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11353 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11356 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11357 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11358 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11360 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11362 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11363 in your .emacs file.
11365 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11366 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11370 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11371 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11375 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11376 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11380 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11381 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11385 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11386 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11388 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11390 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11391 Flyspell whole buffer.
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11398 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11399 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11402 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11403 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11407 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11408 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11412 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11413 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11415 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11416 of two major techniques:
11418 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11419 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11420 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11422 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11423 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11424 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11427 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11428 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11429 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11430 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11431 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11434 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11435 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11437 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11439 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11440 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11441 \(This is the default.)
11443 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11444 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11446 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11447 \\{follow-mode-map}
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11451 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11452 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11454 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11455 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11456 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11457 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11458 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11459 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11461 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11462 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11463 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11465 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11466 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11467 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11473 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17817
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11477 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11478 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11479 \\<message-mode-map>
11483 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11484 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11485 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11486 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11487 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11488 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11495 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17817 13976))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11498 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11499 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11501 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11502 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11503 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11504 C-c < forms-first-record <
11505 C-c > forms-last-record >
11506 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11507 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11508 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11509 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11510 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11511 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11512 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11513 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11514 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11515 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11517 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11519 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11520 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11524 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11525 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11531 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17817 13977))
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11535 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11536 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11537 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11538 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11539 with a character in column 6.")
11541 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11543 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11544 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11545 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11547 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11548 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11550 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11553 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11555 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11557 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11558 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11559 `fortran-do-indent'
11560 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11561 `fortran-if-indent'
11562 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11563 `fortran-structure-indent'
11564 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11566 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11567 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11568 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11569 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11570 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11571 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11572 nil don't change the indentation
11573 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11576 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11577 depending on the continuation format in use.
11578 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11579 indentation for a line of code.
11581 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11582 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11583 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11584 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11585 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11586 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11587 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11588 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11589 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11590 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11592 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11593 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11594 statements (default nil).
11595 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11596 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11597 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11598 `fortran-continuation-string'
11599 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11600 line (default \"$\").
11601 `fortran-comment-region'
11602 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11603 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11604 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11605 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11606 as typed (default t).
11607 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11608 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11610 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11611 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11618 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11621 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11622 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11624 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11625 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11627 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11629 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11630 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11632 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11633 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11635 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11637 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11638 Compile fortune file.
11640 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11641 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11643 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11645 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11646 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11648 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11649 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11650 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11651 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11653 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11655 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11656 Display a fortune cookie.
11658 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11659 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11660 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11661 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11663 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11668 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11671 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11672 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11676 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11677 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11678 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11679 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11681 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11682 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11683 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11684 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11685 some of the buffers.
11687 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11689 The following commands help control operation :
11691 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11692 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11694 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11695 detailed description of this mode.
11698 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11700 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11701 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11705 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11706 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11707 | | (comint-mode) |
11714 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11715 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11716 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11717 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11718 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11719 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11721 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11723 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11724 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11726 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11730 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11731 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17817
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11735 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11736 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11737 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11738 instead (which see).")
11740 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11741 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11743 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11744 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11745 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11746 documentation string instead.
11748 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11749 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11750 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11751 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11752 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11753 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11754 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11755 enders are actually possible.
11757 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11758 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11760 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11761 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11762 `font-lock-keywords'.
11764 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11765 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11766 runs the macro expansion.
11768 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11769 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11770 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11772 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11774 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11776 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11777 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11779 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11781 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11782 Enter generic mode MODE.
11784 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11785 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11786 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11788 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11789 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11793 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11794 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11795 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11796 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11797 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11798 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11799 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11800 `font-lock-keywords'.
11802 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11807 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11810 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11811 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11812 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11813 at places they belong to.
11815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11820 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17778 48450))
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11823 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11824 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11826 Guideline for numbers:
11827 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11828 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11831 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11833 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11834 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11835 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11837 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11840 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11842 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11844 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11845 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11847 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11848 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11849 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11850 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11851 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11852 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11854 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11855 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11856 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11857 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11858 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11860 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11862 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11867 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17778 50473))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11869 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11870 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11872 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11873 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11879 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11880 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11881 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11882 name of an NNTP server to use.
11883 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11886 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11888 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11889 Read news as a slave.
11891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11893 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11894 Pop up a frame to read news.
11895 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11896 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11897 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11898 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11899 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11900 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11901 current display is used.
11903 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11905 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11907 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11908 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11909 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11911 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11916 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11917 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17778 50473))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11923 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Start Gnus unplugged.
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11929 Start Gnus plugged.
11933 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11941 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11942 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11943 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11945 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11946 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11947 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11952 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11956 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11958 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11959 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11960 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11963 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11967 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11968 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11969 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11972 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11974 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11981 downloaded into the agent.
11983 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11987 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11988 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11990 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11992 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12003 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12004 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12006 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12011 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
12012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12015 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12022 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12026 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12034 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12039 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12042 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12047 Generate the cache active file.
12049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12052 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12057 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12058 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12059 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12060 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12063 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12066 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12067 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12068 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12069 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12072 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12077 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12081 Delay this article by some time.
12082 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12084 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12085 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12087 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12088 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12090 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12091 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12093 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12096 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12101 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12102 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12103 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12105 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12106 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12108 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12113 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17817 15855))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12119 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12124 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12129 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12132 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12133 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12144 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12151 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12152 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12157 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12161 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12172 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12176 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12177 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12178 The PNG is returned as a string.
12180 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FILE to a Face.
12184 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12187 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12192 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17817 16148))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12196 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12197 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12199 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12201 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12202 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12204 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12209 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12212 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12215 Run batched scoring.
12216 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12222 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12223 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12224 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12227 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12232 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12233 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12234 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12236 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12238 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12239 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12241 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12248 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12252 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12253 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12254 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12255 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12258 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12259 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12260 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12261 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12263 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12264 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12265 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12266 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12267 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12268 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12269 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12270 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12271 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12272 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12274 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12277 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12278 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12281 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12282 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12284 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12286 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12287 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12288 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12290 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12295 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12296 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12298 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12300 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12301 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12302 existing groups are considered.
12304 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12305 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12308 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12309 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12310 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12311 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12312 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12313 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12314 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12315 clauses will be generated.
12317 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12318 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12319 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12320 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12321 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12322 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12324 For example, given the following group parameters:
12327 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12328 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12330 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12331 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12332 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12333 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12335 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12337 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12339 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12341 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12342 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12345 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12350 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12354 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12355 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12357 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12362 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12370 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12372 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12375 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12377 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12378 Like `message-reply'.
12380 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12382 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12387 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17817 14137))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12391 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12396 Load the NoCeM cache.
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12408 Display picons in the From header.
12409 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12414 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12415 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12420 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12421 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12428 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12429 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12430 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12431 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12434 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12436 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12437 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12443 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12449 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12450 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12454 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12461 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12463 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12466 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12467 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12469 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12471 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12483 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12486 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12487 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12489 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12492 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12494 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12499 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17713 5990))
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12508 Install the registry hooks.
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12515 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17469
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12520 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12521 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12522 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12523 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12524 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12529 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12530 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12531 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12532 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12536 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12544 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12548 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12549 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12550 for matching on group names.
12552 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12553 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12555 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12557 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12564 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12567 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12568 Update the format specification near point.
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12575 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17778
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12579 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12580 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12582 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12584 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12592 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12595 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12596 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12598 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17778 50475))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12605 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12606 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12608 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12609 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12610 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12612 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12613 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12614 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12616 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12617 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12619 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12620 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12622 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12624 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12629 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17591 9445))
12630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12632 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12634 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12635 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12636 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12637 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12638 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12640 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12642 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12643 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12644 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12646 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12647 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12649 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12650 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12653 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12658 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12659 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17713 5410))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12662 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12663 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12665 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12667 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12668 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12669 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12670 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12671 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12673 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12674 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12678 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12679 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12680 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12681 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12683 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12685 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12686 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12688 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12690 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12691 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12693 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12694 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12697 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12698 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12699 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12701 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12702 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12704 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12705 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12707 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12709 (defvar grep-history nil)
12711 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12713 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12714 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12715 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12719 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12724 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12725 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12729 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12730 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12731 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12732 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12733 where grep found matches.
12735 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12736 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12738 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12739 easily repeat a grep command.
12741 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12742 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12743 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12744 if that history list is empty).
12746 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12748 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12749 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12750 Collect output in a buffer.
12751 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12752 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12754 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12755 easily repeat a find command.
12757 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12759 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12761 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12762 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12763 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12764 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12765 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12767 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12768 before it is executed.
12769 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12771 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12772 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12773 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12775 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12777 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12779 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12780 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12781 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12782 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12783 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12785 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12786 before it is executed.
12787 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12789 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12790 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12791 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12793 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12795 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12802 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12803 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12804 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12805 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12806 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12808 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12813 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17817 13989))
12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12816 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12817 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12818 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12819 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12820 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12821 `gdba' for more information.
12823 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12824 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12825 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12826 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12827 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12830 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12833 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12834 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12835 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12837 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12839 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12840 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12841 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12842 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12844 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12846 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12847 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12848 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12849 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12851 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12852 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12854 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12856 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12857 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12858 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12859 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12861 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12863 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12864 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12865 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12866 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12868 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12871 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12872 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12873 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12874 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12876 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12877 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12878 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12879 original source file access method.
12881 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12882 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12886 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12887 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12892 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12894 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12896 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12897 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12903 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17817
12905 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12907 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12908 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12909 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12910 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12912 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12913 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12914 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12915 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12921 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12922 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
12923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12925 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12926 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12928 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12930 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12931 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12932 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12933 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12935 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12939 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12940 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12941 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12942 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12949 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12950 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12951 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12952 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17713 5990))
12953 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12955 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12956 Return the help-echo string at point.
12957 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12958 property, or nil, is returned.
12959 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12960 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12961 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12963 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12965 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12966 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12967 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12968 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12969 this produces no string either, return nil.
12973 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12974 Display local help in the echo area.
12975 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12976 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12977 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12980 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12981 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12982 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12986 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12987 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12988 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12992 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12993 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12994 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12998 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12999 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13000 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13001 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13002 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13003 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13004 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13005 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13006 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13007 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13008 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13010 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13011 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13012 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13013 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13014 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13016 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13017 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13018 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13019 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13020 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13021 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13022 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13023 The default is `never'.")
13025 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13027 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13028 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13029 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13030 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13031 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13032 considered different regions.
13034 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13035 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13036 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13037 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13038 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13039 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13040 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13041 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13042 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13044 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13046 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13047 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13048 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13049 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13052 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13053 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13054 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13055 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13056 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13057 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13058 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13059 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13061 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13062 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13063 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13064 rarely happens in practice.
13066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13068 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13069 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13070 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13071 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13072 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13073 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13079 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13080 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13081 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13082 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
13083 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13085 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13086 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13088 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13090 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13091 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13092 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13094 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13096 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13097 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13099 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13101 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13104 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13106 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13107 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13108 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13109 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13111 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13113 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13114 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13115 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13116 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13117 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13118 it is displayed along with the global value.
13120 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13122 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13123 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13124 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13125 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13129 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13130 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13131 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13132 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13133 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13135 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13139 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13140 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13143 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13144 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13145 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13146 and window listing and describing the options.
13147 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13148 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13150 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13154 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13155 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13156 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17611 9183))
13157 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13159 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13160 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13161 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13167 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13172 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13177 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13178 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13180 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13181 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13182 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13183 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13185 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13186 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13187 restore it properly when going back.
13189 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13192 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13194 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13195 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13196 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13197 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13198 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13199 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13200 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13201 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13203 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13204 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13205 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13206 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13208 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13209 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13214 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13215 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13216 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13217 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13218 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13219 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13221 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13223 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13224 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13225 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13226 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13227 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13229 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13231 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13232 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13234 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13238 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13239 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17817 13982))
13240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13242 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13243 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13247 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13248 Provide help for current mode.
13254 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13255 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17778 50473))
13256 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13258 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13259 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13260 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13261 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13262 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13264 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13265 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13267 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13268 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13269 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13270 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13272 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13273 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13276 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13281 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13282 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13283 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13284 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13285 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13286 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13287 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13288 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13289 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13290 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13291 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13292 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13293 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13294 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13295 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13297 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13298 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13299 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13301 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13304 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13306 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13307 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13308 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13310 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13311 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13312 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13314 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13315 into the buffer at the current point.
13317 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13318 into the buffer at the current point.
13320 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13321 into the buffer at the current point.
13323 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13325 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13326 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13328 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13330 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13334 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13335 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13336 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13337 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13339 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13341 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13342 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13343 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13349 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13350 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13351 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13352 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
13353 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13355 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13356 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13358 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13359 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13360 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13361 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13362 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13363 called interactively, are:
13365 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13366 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13368 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13369 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13370 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13371 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13373 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13374 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13376 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13377 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13379 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13380 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13381 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13382 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13383 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13384 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13386 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13387 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13389 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13390 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13392 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13393 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13394 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13395 Patterns will be read until
13397 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13401 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13402 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13403 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13406 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13408 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13410 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13411 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13412 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13413 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13414 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13418 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13420 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13421 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13423 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13424 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13425 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13426 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13428 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13430 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13432 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13433 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13435 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13436 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13437 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13438 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13440 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13442 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13444 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13445 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13447 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13448 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13450 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13452 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13454 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13455 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13457 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13458 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13459 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13460 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13461 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13463 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13465 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13466 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13468 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13469 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13470 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13476 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13477 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17524 8597))
13478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13480 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13481 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13482 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13483 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13484 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13485 how the hiding is done:
13488 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13489 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13492 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13493 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13494 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13495 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13496 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13499 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13500 #endif lines when hiding.
13502 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13503 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13506 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13507 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13508 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13510 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13514 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13515 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13517 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13519 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13520 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13522 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13524 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13525 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13527 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13531 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13532 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
13533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13535 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13536 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13537 Each element has the form
13538 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13540 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13541 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13543 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13544 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13546 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13547 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13548 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13549 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13550 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13551 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13553 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13554 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13556 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13557 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13559 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13560 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13561 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13563 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13564 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13565 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13566 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13567 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13568 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13570 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13571 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13572 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13574 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13575 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13577 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13580 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13586 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13587 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13588 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13589 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13590 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17817 13976))
13591 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13593 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13594 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13595 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13599 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13600 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13602 Without an argument:
13603 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13604 or passive state as determined by the variable
13605 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13608 With an argument ARG:
13609 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13610 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13611 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13613 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13614 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13615 not displayed in a different face.
13618 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13619 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13620 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13621 buffer with the contents of a file
13622 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13623 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13627 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13628 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13629 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13633 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13634 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13638 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13639 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13643 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13644 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13646 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13647 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13648 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13649 shown in the last face in the list.
13651 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13652 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13653 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13655 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13659 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13660 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13662 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13664 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13667 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13668 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13670 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13671 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13672 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13674 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13676 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13677 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13679 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13680 this function is called interactively.
13682 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13683 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13684 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13686 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13687 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13688 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13690 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13692 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13693 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13695 When called interactively:
13696 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13697 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13698 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13699 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13701 When called from a program:
13702 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13703 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13704 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13705 - otherwise just turn it on
13707 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13708 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13709 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13710 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13717 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13718 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13719 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13720 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17817 13976))
13721 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13723 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13724 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13725 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13726 or insert functions in this list.")
13728 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13730 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13731 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13733 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13735 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13736 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13738 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13740 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13741 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13743 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13745 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13746 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13748 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13750 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13751 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13752 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13754 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13756 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13757 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13758 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13761 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13763 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13764 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13765 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13766 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13767 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13769 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13771 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13772 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13773 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13774 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13775 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13777 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13778 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13779 undoes the expansion.
13783 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13784 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13785 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13786 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13788 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13792 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13793 ;;;;;; (17713 5990))
13794 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13796 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13797 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13798 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13800 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13801 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13802 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13803 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13804 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13806 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13807 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13808 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13809 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13813 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13814 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13815 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13818 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13820 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13822 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13823 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13824 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13826 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13827 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13833 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13834 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13835 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13837 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13838 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13839 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13841 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13845 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13846 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13848 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13849 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13850 different list. For example,
13852 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13853 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13855 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13856 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13858 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13859 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13860 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13861 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13864 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13866 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13870 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13871 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17817 14122))
13872 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13874 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13875 This function is obsolete.
13876 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13877 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13881 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13882 This function is obsolete.
13883 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13884 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13889 This function is obsolete.
13890 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13891 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17778
13899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13901 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13902 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13908 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13915 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13916 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13917 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13918 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13919 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13921 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13922 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13923 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13924 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13925 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13929 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13930 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17713 5990))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13935 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13942 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13947 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13952 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13962 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13967 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13985 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13990 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13995 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13996 Remove the first filter group.
14000 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14003 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14005 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14006 Remove all filter groups.
14010 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14017 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Kill the filter group at point.
14023 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14025 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14039 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14040 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14042 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14044 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14046 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14050 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14052 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14053 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14054 of replacing the current filters.
14058 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14063 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14071 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14072 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14073 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14078 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14083 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14089 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14092 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14094 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14096 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14098 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14105 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14112 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14113 of replacing the current filters.
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14118 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14119 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14120 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14122 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14127 Default sorting modes are:
14128 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14129 Name - the name of the buffer
14130 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14131 Size - the size of the buffer
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14139 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14140 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14141 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14142 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14145 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14151 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14152 for this Ibuffer session.
14154 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14156 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14157 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14158 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14159 for this Ibuffer session.
14161 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14163 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14164 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14166 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14167 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14169 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14170 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14172 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14177 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14178 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14180 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14182 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14183 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14188 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14190 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14191 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14192 hidden group filter, open it.
14194 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14195 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14196 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14202 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14209 The names are separated by a space.
14210 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14212 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14213 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14214 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14215 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14217 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14221 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14224 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14229 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14232 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14234 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 Mark all modified buffers.
14246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14267 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14272 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14277 Mark all read-only buffers.
14281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14282 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14287 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14288 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14291 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14295 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14296 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17466
14298 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14300 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14301 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14303 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14304 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14305 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14307 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14308 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14309 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14310 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14311 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14312 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14314 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14315 title of the column.
14317 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14318 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14319 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14320 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14321 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14323 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14325 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14326 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14327 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14328 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14329 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14331 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14332 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14333 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14335 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14337 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14338 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14339 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14340 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14341 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14342 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14344 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14345 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14346 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14347 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14348 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14349 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14350 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14351 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14353 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14354 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14355 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14356 buffer's modification flag.
14357 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14358 prompted before performing this operation.
14359 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14360 operation is complete, in the form:
14361 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14362 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14363 confirmation message, in the form:
14364 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14365 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14366 macro for exactly what it does.
14368 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14370 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14371 Define a filter named NAME.
14372 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14373 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14374 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14376 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14377 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14378 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14379 bound to the current value of the filter.
14381 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14385 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14386 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17713 5990))
14387 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14389 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14390 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14391 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14392 buffers which are visiting a file.
14394 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14397 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14398 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14399 buffers which are visiting a file.
14401 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14403 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14404 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14405 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14407 All arguments are optional.
14408 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14409 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14410 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14411 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14412 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14413 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14414 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14415 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14416 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14417 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14418 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14419 that value locally in this buffer.
14421 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14425 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14426 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14427 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17817 15855))
14428 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14430 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14431 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14432 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14433 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14435 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14437 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14438 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14439 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14440 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14442 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14443 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14444 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14446 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14448 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14449 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14450 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14451 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14452 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14453 non-marking or not.
14455 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14457 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14458 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14460 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14461 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14464 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14465 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14466 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14468 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14471 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14472 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14473 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14475 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14479 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17778
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14483 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14484 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14485 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14488 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14490 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14492 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14493 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14494 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14500 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14503 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14504 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14505 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14506 Tab indents for Icon code.
14507 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14510 Variables controlling indentation style:
14511 icon-tab-always-indent
14512 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14513 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14515 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14516 inserted in Icon code.
14518 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14519 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14520 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14521 icon-continued-statement-offset
14522 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14523 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14524 icon-continued-brace-offset
14525 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14526 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14528 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14529 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14530 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14531 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14533 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14534 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14540 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14541 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14544 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14545 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14546 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14547 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14549 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14550 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14553 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14554 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14556 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14557 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14558 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14560 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14562 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14566 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14567 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14570 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14571 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14573 The main features of this mode are
14575 1. Indentation and Formatting
14576 --------------------------
14577 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14578 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14580 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14581 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14582 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14583 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14585 Comments are indented as follows:
14587 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14588 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14589 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14591 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14593 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14594 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14595 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14596 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14597 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14598 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14600 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14601 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14602 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14603 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14607 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14608 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14609 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14610 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14611 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14612 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14613 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14614 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14615 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14616 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14621 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14622 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14623 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14624 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14628 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14629 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14630 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14631 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14632 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14635 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14636 --------------------------------
14637 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14638 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14640 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14641 \\fu FUNCTION template
14642 \\c CASE statement template
14643 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14644 \\f FOR loop template
14645 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14646 \\w WHILE loop template
14647 \\i IF statement template
14648 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14651 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14652 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14654 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14655 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14656 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14657 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14659 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14660 -------------------------
14661 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14662 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14664 7. Automatic END completion
14665 ------------------------
14666 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14667 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14671 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14672 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14674 9. Documentation and Customization
14675 -------------------------------
14676 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14677 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14678 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14679 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14680 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14684 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14685 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14686 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14688 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14691 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14695 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14696 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14697 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14698 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14699 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14700 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14701 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14702 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17817
14704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14706 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14707 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14708 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14709 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14711 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14712 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14713 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14716 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14718 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14720 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14721 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14722 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14723 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14724 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14725 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14726 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14727 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14728 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14732 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14733 Switch to another buffer.
14734 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14735 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14738 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14739 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14740 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14741 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14742 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14744 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14745 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14747 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14748 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14750 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14751 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14752 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14753 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14754 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14755 in a separate window.
14756 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14757 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14758 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14759 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14760 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14761 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14762 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14763 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14764 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14768 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14769 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14770 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14775 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14776 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14777 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14782 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14784 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14789 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14790 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14791 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14796 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14797 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14798 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14803 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14804 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14808 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14809 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14810 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14811 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14812 visible in another frame.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14815 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14816 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14817 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14818 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14819 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14821 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14822 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14824 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14825 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14827 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14828 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14829 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14830 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14831 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14832 in a separate window.
14833 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14834 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14835 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14836 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14837 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14838 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14839 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14840 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14841 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14842 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14843 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14844 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14845 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14846 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14847 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14851 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14852 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14853 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14854 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14858 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14859 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14860 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14861 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14865 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14866 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14867 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14868 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14872 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14873 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14874 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14875 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14879 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14880 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14881 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14882 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14886 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14887 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14888 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14889 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14893 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14894 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14895 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14896 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14900 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14901 Write current buffer to a file.
14902 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14903 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14907 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14908 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14909 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14910 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14914 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14915 Call `dired' the ido way.
14916 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14917 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14921 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14922 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14923 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14924 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14925 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14926 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14928 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14931 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14932 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14933 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14935 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14937 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14938 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14939 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14940 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14942 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14944 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14945 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14946 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14947 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14948 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14949 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14950 with `completing-read'.
14951 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14952 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14953 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14954 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14955 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14956 with point positioned at the end.
14957 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14958 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14960 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14964 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17817 13976))
14965 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14966 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14968 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14969 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14970 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14976 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14977 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
14978 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14980 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14981 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14985 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14986 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14992 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14993 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14994 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14995 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14996 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17817 16882))
14997 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14999 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
15000 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15001 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15004 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15006 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15007 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15008 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15013 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15014 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15015 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15018 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15020 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15021 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15022 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15025 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15027 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15028 Determine and return image type.
15029 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15030 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15031 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15032 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15033 use its file extension as image type.
15034 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15036 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15038 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15039 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15040 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15042 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15044 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15045 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15046 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15047 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15049 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15053 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15054 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15055 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15057 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15058 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15059 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15060 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15061 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15062 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15067 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15069 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15070 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15071 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15072 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15073 use its file extension as image type.
15074 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15075 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15076 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15077 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15079 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15081 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15083 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15084 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15085 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15086 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15087 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15088 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15089 POS may be an integer or marker.
15090 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15091 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15092 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15093 means display it in the right marginal area.
15095 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15097 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15098 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15099 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15100 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15101 defaulted if you omit it.
15102 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15103 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15104 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15105 means display it in the right marginal area.
15106 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15107 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15108 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15109 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15110 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15112 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15114 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15115 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15116 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15117 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15118 defaulted if you omit it.
15119 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15120 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15121 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15122 means display it in the right marginal area.
15123 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15125 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15127 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15128 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15129 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15130 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15132 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15134 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15135 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15137 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15139 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15140 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15141 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15142 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15143 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15144 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15145 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15146 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15149 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15151 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15153 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15155 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15156 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15158 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15159 documentation string.
15161 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15162 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15163 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15164 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15165 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15166 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15167 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15172 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15173 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15175 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15180 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15181 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
15182 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15184 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15185 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15186 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15187 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15189 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15190 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15191 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15192 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15194 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15196 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15197 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15198 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15199 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15201 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15202 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15203 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15204 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15206 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15208 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15209 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15213 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15214 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15215 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15216 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15218 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15220 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15221 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15222 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15225 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15227 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15229 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15230 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15231 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15232 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15234 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15235 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15236 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15242 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15243 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17713 5990))
15244 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15245 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15246 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15247 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15248 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15249 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15250 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15252 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15253 Major mode for image files.
15254 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15255 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15259 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15260 Toggle Image minor mode.
15261 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15262 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15266 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15267 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15268 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15269 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15270 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15271 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15273 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15274 information on these modes.
15280 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15281 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17817 13976))
15282 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15284 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15285 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15287 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15289 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15290 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15293 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15295 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15296 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15297 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15299 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15301 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15302 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15304 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15305 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15306 pattern's structure.
15308 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15309 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15310 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15313 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15315 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15316 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15318 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15319 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15320 called within a `save-excursion'.
15322 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15324 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15326 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15327 Function for finding the next index position.
15329 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15330 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15331 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15334 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15335 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15337 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15339 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15340 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15342 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15343 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15344 It should return the name for that index item.")
15346 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15348 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15349 Function to compare string with index item.
15351 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15352 non-nil if they match.
15354 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15355 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15356 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15357 arguments match\".")
15359 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15361 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15362 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15363 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15365 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15367 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15371 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15372 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15373 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15374 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15378 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15379 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15381 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15385 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15386 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15387 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15388 for more information.
15390 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15394 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15395 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15396 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17817 14144))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15399 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15400 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15404 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15407 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15409 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15412 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15414 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15417 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15419 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15420 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15421 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15422 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15423 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15425 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15427 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15428 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15429 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15430 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15431 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15433 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15437 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15438 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15439 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17549 4607))
15440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15442 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15443 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15444 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15445 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15446 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15448 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15450 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15451 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15453 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15455 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15456 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15457 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15458 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15459 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15460 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15461 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15462 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15464 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15466 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15467 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15468 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15469 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15470 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15472 This variable is only used if the variable
15473 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15475 More precise choices:
15476 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15477 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15480 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15482 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15484 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15485 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15487 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15488 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15489 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15491 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15492 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15493 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15494 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15497 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15499 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15503 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15504 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15505 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15506 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17817 16152))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15509 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15510 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15512 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15513 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15514 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15516 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15517 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15518 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15519 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15520 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15521 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15522 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15523 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15524 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15525 with the top-level Info directory.
15527 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15528 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15529 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15530 appended to the Info buffer name.
15532 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15533 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15534 in all the directories in that path.
15536 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15538 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15539 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15543 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15544 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15545 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15546 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15550 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15551 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15552 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15553 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15555 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15557 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15558 Go to the Info directory node.
15562 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15563 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15564 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15565 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15566 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15567 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15569 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15571 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15572 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15573 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15575 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15577 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15578 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15579 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15580 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15581 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15583 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15584 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15586 Selecting other nodes:
15587 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15588 Follow a node reference you click on.
15589 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15590 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15591 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15592 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15593 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15594 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15595 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15596 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15597 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15598 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15599 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15600 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15601 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15602 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15603 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15604 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15605 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15606 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15607 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15608 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15610 Moving within a node:
15611 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15612 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15613 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15614 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15615 move up to the parent node.
15616 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15617 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15619 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15622 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15623 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15624 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15625 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15626 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15627 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15628 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15629 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15630 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15631 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15632 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15633 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15634 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15635 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15636 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15637 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15640 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15642 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15643 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15644 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15645 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15646 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15647 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15649 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15650 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15652 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15653 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15655 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15656 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15657 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15658 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15662 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15663 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15664 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15670 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15671 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15672 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
15673 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15675 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15676 Throw away all cached data.
15677 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15678 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15682 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15684 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15685 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15686 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15687 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15688 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15689 one found at point.
15691 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15693 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15694 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15696 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15697 Display the documentation of a file.
15698 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15699 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15700 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15701 The default file name is the one found at point.
15703 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15705 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15707 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15708 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15710 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15712 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15713 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15715 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15719 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15720 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17524 8597))
15721 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15723 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15724 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15726 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15728 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15729 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15730 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15734 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15735 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15736 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15738 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15739 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15746 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15747 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17817 13976))
15748 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15750 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15751 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15753 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15755 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15756 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15757 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15759 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15760 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15761 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15763 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15764 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15765 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15766 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15770 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15771 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15772 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15776 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15777 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15778 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15779 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15780 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15786 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15787 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15788 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15791 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15792 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15796 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15797 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15801 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15804 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15808 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17817
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15812 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15813 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15814 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15815 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15816 accessed via isearchb.
15822 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15823 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15824 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15826 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15827 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15828 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15829 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15830 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15831 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15833 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15834 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15836 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15837 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15838 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15839 \"s gives German sharp s.
15840 /a gives a with ring.
15841 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15842 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15843 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15844 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15846 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15847 and a negative argument disables it.
15849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15853 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15854 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15855 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15856 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17817 14140))
15857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15859 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15860 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15861 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15862 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15864 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15866 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15867 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15868 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15869 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15871 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15873 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15874 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15875 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15876 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15878 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15880 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15881 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15882 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15883 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15885 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15887 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15888 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15889 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15890 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15892 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15894 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15895 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15896 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15897 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15899 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15901 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15902 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15903 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15906 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15908 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15910 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15911 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15913 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15915 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15916 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15917 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15918 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15920 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15922 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15923 Warn that format is read-only.
15927 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15928 Warn that format is write-only.
15932 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15933 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15940 ;;;;;; (17817 14140))
15941 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15942 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15943 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15944 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15948 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15949 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15950 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15951 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15952 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15953 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
15954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15955 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15957 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15958 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15959 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15960 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15962 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15963 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15965 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15966 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15967 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15969 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15970 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15973 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15975 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15977 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15979 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15981 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15983 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15985 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15987 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15988 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15990 Each element of this list is also a list:
15992 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15993 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15995 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15996 nil means the default dictionary.
15998 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16000 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16002 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16003 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16004 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16005 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16006 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16007 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16008 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16009 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16010 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16012 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16013 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16014 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16015 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16016 for non-ASCII bytes.
16018 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16019 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16022 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16025 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16026 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16027 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16028 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16029 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16030 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16031 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16032 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16034 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16036 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16037 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16038 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16040 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16041 Key map for ispell menu.")
16043 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16044 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16045 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16046 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16048 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16050 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16052 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16054 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16056 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16057 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16058 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16059 Valid forms include:
16060 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16061 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16062 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16063 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16065 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16066 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16067 First list is used raw.
16068 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16070 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16071 for skipping in latex mode.")
16073 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16074 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16075 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16076 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16077 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16078 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16080 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16081 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16082 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16083 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16085 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16086 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16087 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16088 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16089 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16091 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16092 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16094 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16095 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16097 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16098 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16101 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16102 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16103 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16104 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16105 quit spell session exited.
16107 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16109 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16110 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16111 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16113 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16115 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16116 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16120 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16121 SPC: Accept word this time.
16122 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16123 `a': Accept word for this session.
16124 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16125 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16126 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16127 `?': Show these commands.
16128 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16129 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16130 the aborted check to be completed later.
16131 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16132 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16133 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16134 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16135 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16136 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16137 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16141 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16142 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16143 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16145 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16147 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16148 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16149 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16150 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16152 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16154 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16156 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16157 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16158 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16159 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16161 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16163 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16164 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16168 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16169 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16173 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16174 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16178 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16179 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16180 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16181 sequence inside of a word.
16183 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16185 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16187 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16188 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16192 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16193 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16194 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16195 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16197 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16198 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16199 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16200 available on the net.
16204 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16205 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16206 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16208 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16209 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16211 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16212 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16216 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16217 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16218 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16219 Don't check included messages.
16221 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16222 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16223 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16225 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16226 in your .emacs file:
16227 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16228 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16229 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16230 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16232 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16233 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16234 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16244 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16245 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16246 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16248 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16250 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16252 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16254 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16255 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16256 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16257 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16258 `iswitchb' for details.
16260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16264 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16265 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16266 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16267 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17817 15478))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16270 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16275 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16276 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16277 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16278 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16279 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16280 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16281 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16282 necessary to represent OBJ.
16284 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16286 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16287 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16288 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16289 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16291 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16293 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16294 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16295 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16296 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16297 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16299 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16301 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16302 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16303 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16304 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16306 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16308 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16309 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16310 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16311 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16313 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16315 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16316 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16318 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16320 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16321 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16322 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16323 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16324 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16326 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16328 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16329 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16330 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16331 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16332 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16334 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16336 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16337 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16338 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16340 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16344 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16345 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17817 13976))
16346 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16348 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16349 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16350 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16351 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16353 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16356 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16358 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16359 Uninstall jka-compr.
16360 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16361 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16362 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16369 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16370 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16373 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16374 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16375 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16376 decimal key must be specified.")
16378 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16380 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16381 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16382 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16383 decimal key must be specified.")
16385 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16387 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16388 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16389 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16390 decimal key must be specified.")
16392 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16394 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16395 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16396 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16397 decimal key must be specified.")
16399 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16401 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16402 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16403 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16404 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16405 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16409 -------------------------------------------------------------
16410 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16411 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16412 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16413 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16414 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16415 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16416 in the global and local keymaps.
16418 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16419 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16421 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16426 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16429 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16430 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16431 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16433 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16434 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16435 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16436 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16439 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16440 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16441 the context of text formatting.
16443 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16447 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17817
16449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16451 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16452 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16453 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16454 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16455 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16456 positions that contains the current selection.")
16458 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16459 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16460 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16461 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16462 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16463 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16464 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16470 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16471 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16472 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16473 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17778 50473))
16474 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16475 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16476 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16477 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16478 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16479 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16480 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16481 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16483 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16484 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16485 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16486 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16487 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16489 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16491 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16492 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16493 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16495 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16496 defining the macro.
16498 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16499 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16500 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16502 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16503 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16507 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16508 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16509 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16510 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16511 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16514 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16515 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16516 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16520 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16521 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16522 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16524 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16525 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16526 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16527 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16529 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16530 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16532 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16534 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16535 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16536 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16538 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16541 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16542 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16544 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16545 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16546 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16548 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16549 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16553 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16554 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16555 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16556 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16558 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16560 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16561 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16562 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16563 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16565 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16566 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16568 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16570 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16571 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16572 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16574 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16578 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16579 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16580 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
16581 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16583 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16585 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16588 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16590 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16593 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16595 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16598 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16602 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16603 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17817 15478))
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16606 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16607 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16608 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16610 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16617 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16618 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16621 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16623 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16624 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16628 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16630 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16631 Start or resume an Lm game.
16632 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16633 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16635 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16636 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16637 none / 1 | yes | no
16642 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16643 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16644 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16650 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16651 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16652 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17817
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16656 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16659 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16661 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16662 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16663 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16664 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16665 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16666 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16668 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16669 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16671 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16673 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16674 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16676 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16678 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16681 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16683 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16684 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16685 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16686 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16689 The return value is number of composed characters.
16691 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16693 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16696 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16701 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16702 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17713 5990))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16705 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16706 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16707 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16708 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16710 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16712 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16713 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16714 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16716 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16718 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16719 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16720 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16724 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16725 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16726 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16727 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16729 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16733 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16734 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17817 14141))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16737 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16738 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16739 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16740 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16741 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16742 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16743 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16744 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16746 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16747 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16750 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16752 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16754 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16755 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16756 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16757 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16758 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16759 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16760 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16761 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16763 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16765 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16766 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16767 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16768 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16771 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16773 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16778 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16781 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16782 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16783 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16784 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16786 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16788 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16789 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16792 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16794 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16795 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16796 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16797 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16798 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16801 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16802 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16803 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16804 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16805 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16807 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16808 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16809 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16810 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16811 slow to keep up with your typing.
16813 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16814 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16815 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16816 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16817 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16818 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16820 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16821 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16822 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16823 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16825 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16826 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16827 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16828 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16830 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16831 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16832 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16833 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16834 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16839 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16846 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16849 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16851 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16853 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16854 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16860 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16861 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16864 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16865 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16867 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16868 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16870 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16871 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16873 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16874 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16875 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16876 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16877 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16878 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16879 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16880 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16881 and transmit saved text.
16884 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16885 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16889 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16896 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17713 5990))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16899 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16900 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16901 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16902 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16903 generations (this defaults to 1).
16905 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16909 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17817
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16913 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16914 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16915 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16916 is nil, raise an error.
16918 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16919 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16920 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16921 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16922 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16923 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16924 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16925 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16926 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16928 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16932 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16933 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17778 50475))
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16936 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16937 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16938 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16940 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16942 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16943 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16944 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16945 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16947 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16948 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16949 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16950 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16951 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16952 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16955 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16956 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16958 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16959 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16961 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16963 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16964 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16965 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16966 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16967 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16968 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16969 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16970 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16971 to constrain a big search.
16973 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16974 except that FILTER is not optional.
16976 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16980 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17817 13976))
16981 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16983 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16984 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16985 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16986 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16987 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16988 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16989 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16990 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16991 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16992 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16993 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16994 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16995 uses the current buffer.
16997 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17001 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17496
17003 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17005 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17006 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17012 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17778
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17016 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17017 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17018 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17019 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17020 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17022 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17023 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17024 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17026 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17027 are indicated with a symbol.
17029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17033 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17034 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17713
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17038 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17040 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17042 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17043 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17044 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17046 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17047 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17049 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17050 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17051 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17052 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17053 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17054 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17055 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17057 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17059 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17060 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17061 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17062 switch on this list.
17063 See `lpr-command'.")
17065 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17067 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17068 *Name of program for printing a file.
17070 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17071 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17072 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17073 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17074 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17075 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17078 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17080 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17081 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17082 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17083 for customization of the printer command.
17087 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17088 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17090 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17091 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17092 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17093 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17095 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17096 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17098 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17099 for further customization of the printer command.
17103 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17104 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17105 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17106 for customization of the printer command.
17108 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17110 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17111 Paginate and print the region contents.
17113 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17114 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17115 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17116 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17118 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17119 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17121 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17122 for further customization of the printer command.
17124 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17128 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17129 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
17130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17132 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17133 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17134 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17136 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17140 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
17142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17144 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17145 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17146 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17148 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17154 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17158 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17159 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17166 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17167 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17170 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17171 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17172 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17173 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17174 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17176 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17181 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17817 13976))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17184 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17185 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17186 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17187 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17188 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17190 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17192 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17193 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17194 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17195 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17197 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17198 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17199 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17200 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17203 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17204 use this command, and then save the file.
17206 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17208 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17209 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17210 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17211 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17212 each time the macro executes.
17213 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17214 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17215 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17216 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17217 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17218 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17219 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17223 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17224 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17225 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17226 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17228 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17229 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17230 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17233 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17234 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17236 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17237 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17238 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17239 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17240 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17242 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17245 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17246 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17247 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17249 You could enter the names in this format:
17255 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17258 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17261 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17262 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17264 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17265 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17269 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17270 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
17271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17273 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17274 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17275 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17276 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17277 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17278 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17280 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17281 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17282 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17283 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17284 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17286 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17287 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17288 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17291 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17293 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17294 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17296 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17300 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17301 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17302 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17305 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17306 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17310 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17315 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17316 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17318 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17320 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17321 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17322 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17325 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17332 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17333 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
17335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17337 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17338 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17339 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17340 often correct parser.")
17342 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17344 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17347 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17349 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17350 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17351 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17352 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17354 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17356 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17357 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17358 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17359 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17361 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17363 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17364 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17365 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17366 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17367 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17368 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17369 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17372 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17374 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17375 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17376 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17377 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17378 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17379 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17381 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17385 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17386 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17817 14119))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17389 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17390 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17394 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17395 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17396 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17398 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17400 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17401 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17402 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17404 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17409 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17817
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17413 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17414 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17415 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17417 If `parens', they look like:
17418 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17419 If `angles', they look like:
17420 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17422 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17424 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17425 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17426 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17427 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17428 their `Resent-' variants.
17430 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17431 removed from alias expansions.
17433 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17435 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17436 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17437 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17439 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17440 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17441 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17442 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17444 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17446 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17447 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17448 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17449 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17455 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17456 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17459 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17460 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17461 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17462 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17468 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17469 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17470 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17713 5991))
17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17473 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17474 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17476 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17477 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17478 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17479 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17480 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17481 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17483 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17484 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17485 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17486 dependency, despite the colon.
17488 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17490 In the browser, use the following keys:
17492 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17494 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17496 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17497 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17499 `makefile-target-colon':
17500 The string that gets appended to all target names
17501 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17502 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17504 `makefile-macro-assign':
17505 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17506 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17507 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17508 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17509 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17510 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17512 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17513 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17514 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17516 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17517 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17519 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17520 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17521 up or down in the browser.
17523 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17524 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17526 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17527 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17529 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17530 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17531 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17532 has been selected in the browser.
17534 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17535 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17536 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17537 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17538 filenames are omitted.
17540 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17541 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17542 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17543 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17544 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17545 the backslash itself intact.
17546 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17547 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17549 `makefile-browser-hook':
17550 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17551 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17553 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17554 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17555 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17556 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17560 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17561 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17565 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17566 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17570 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17571 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17575 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17576 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17580 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17581 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17587 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17817
17589 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17591 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17592 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17593 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17599 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17817 14146))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17602 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17604 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17605 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17606 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17607 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17608 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17609 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17610 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17612 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17613 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17614 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17615 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17617 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17619 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17620 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17622 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17626 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17817 13976))
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17629 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17630 Toggle Master mode.
17631 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17632 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17633 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17635 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17636 following commands:
17638 \\{master-mode-map}
17640 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17641 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17642 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17648 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17817
17650 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17652 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17654 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17655 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17656 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17659 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17661 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17663 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17664 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17665 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17666 created in the future.
17667 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17668 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17675 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17676 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17677 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17678 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17679 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17680 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17681 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17682 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17683 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17684 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17817 16940))
17685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17687 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17688 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17690 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17692 If `parens', they look like:
17693 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17694 If `angles', they look like:
17695 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17697 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17698 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17700 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17702 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17703 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17705 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17707 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17708 *Local news organization file.")
17710 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17712 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17713 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17714 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17715 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17717 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17718 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17719 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17721 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17723 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17725 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17726 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17728 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17729 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17730 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17731 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17733 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17735 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17736 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17737 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17738 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17740 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17742 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17743 *Function for citing an original message.
17744 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17745 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17746 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17748 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17750 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17751 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17752 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17753 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17754 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17756 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17758 (defvar message-signature t "\
17759 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17760 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17761 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17762 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17764 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17766 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17767 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17768 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17769 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17771 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17773 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17774 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17776 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17778 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17780 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17781 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17782 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17783 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17784 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17785 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17786 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17787 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17788 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17789 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17790 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17791 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17792 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17793 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17794 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17795 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17796 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17797 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17798 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17799 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17800 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17801 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17802 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17803 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17804 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17805 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17806 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17807 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17808 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17809 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17810 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17811 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17812 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17813 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17814 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17815 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17816 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17820 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17821 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17822 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17824 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17826 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17827 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17829 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17831 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17832 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17834 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17836 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17837 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17839 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17841 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17842 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17843 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17845 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17847 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17848 Cancel an article you posted.
17849 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17853 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17854 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17855 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17856 header line with the old Message-ID.
17860 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17861 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17865 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17866 Forward the current message via mail.
17867 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17868 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17870 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17872 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17875 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17877 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17880 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17882 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17883 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17887 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17888 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17890 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17892 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17893 Re-mail the current message.
17894 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17895 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17900 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17901 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17903 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17905 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17906 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17908 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17910 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17911 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17913 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17915 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17916 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17918 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17920 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17921 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17922 Works by overstriking characters.
17923 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17924 which specify the range to operate on.
17926 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17928 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17929 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17930 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17931 which specify the range to operate on.
17933 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17937 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17938 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17941 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17942 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17946 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17947 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17951 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17952 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17956 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17957 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17963 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17964 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17965 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17968 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17969 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17970 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17974 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17975 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17976 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17977 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17978 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17979 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17980 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17982 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17984 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17985 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17986 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17987 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17988 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17990 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17991 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17993 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17996 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17997 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17998 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17999 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18001 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18002 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18004 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18008 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18009 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18010 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17713 5990))
18011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18013 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18014 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18015 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18019 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18020 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18021 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18025 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18026 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18028 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18029 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18030 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18032 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18033 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18035 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18036 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18038 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18040 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18042 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18043 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18044 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18045 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18046 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18049 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18050 initial Subject field, respectively.
18052 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18053 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18056 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18059 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18061 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18062 Save draft and send message.
18064 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18065 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18066 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18069 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18070 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18071 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18073 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18074 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18075 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18076 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18077 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18078 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18080 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18081 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18085 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18086 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18088 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18089 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18090 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18091 delete the draft message.
18097 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17778 50475))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18100 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18102 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18104 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18106 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18107 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18113 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18114 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17490 7902))
18115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18117 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18118 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18119 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18121 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18122 the MH mail system.
18124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18126 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18127 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18128 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18130 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18131 the MH mail system.
18133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18135 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18136 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18138 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18139 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18140 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18143 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18144 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18145 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18148 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18152 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18153 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18154 can be used in several ways.
18156 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18157 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18158 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18159 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18163 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18164 The range must be nonempty.
18169 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18170 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18177 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18180 All of the messages.
18182 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18183 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18185 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18186 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18187 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18189 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18195 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18196 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17817 13976))
18197 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18199 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18200 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18201 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18202 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18203 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18204 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18205 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18206 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18207 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18208 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18209 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18213 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18214 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18215 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18216 to its second argument TM.
18218 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18222 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18223 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18226 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18227 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18228 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18230 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18232 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18234 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18236 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18237 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18238 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18239 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18240 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18241 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18242 default indication.
18244 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18245 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18251 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18252 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18255 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18256 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18261 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18265 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18266 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18267 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18270 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18275 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18278 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18280 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18281 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18282 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18285 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18289 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18290 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17713 5203))
18291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18293 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18294 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18296 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18298 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18299 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18300 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18301 the entire message.
18302 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18304 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18309 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18312 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18313 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18314 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18315 the entire message.
18316 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18318 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18322 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18323 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17817 13970))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18326 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18327 Insert file contents of URL.
18328 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18333 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18335 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18340 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17778 50473))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18343 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18344 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18345 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18346 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18347 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18349 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18351 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18352 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18353 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18355 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18360 ;;;;;; (17496 38719))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18363 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18366 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18368 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18371 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18376 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18377 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17778 50473))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18380 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18383 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18385 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18388 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18390 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18393 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18395 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18403 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18408 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18410 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18421 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18422 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18423 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18424 followed by the first character of the construct.
18426 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18427 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18428 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18429 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18430 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18431 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18432 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18433 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18434 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18435 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18436 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18437 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18438 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18441 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18442 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18443 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18453 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18454 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18456 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18458 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18459 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18461 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18465 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17817
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18469 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18470 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18471 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18474 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18476 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18478 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18479 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18480 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18481 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18483 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18485 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18487 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18489 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18490 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18491 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18492 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18493 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18494 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18496 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18497 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18498 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18499 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18500 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18502 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18503 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18505 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18506 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18508 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18510 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18511 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18512 primary selection and region.
18514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18518 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17817 14125))
18519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18521 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18522 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17569 17797))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18531 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18532 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18533 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18535 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18537 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18539 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18541 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18542 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18543 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18549 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18550 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18551 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18552 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18553 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18554 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18557 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18558 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18559 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18560 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18561 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18562 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18563 set of ISO charsets.
18565 Each element has the following format:
18566 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18568 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18570 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18571 CHARSET are mapped.
18573 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18574 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18575 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18576 character code in CHARSET.
18578 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18579 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18580 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18582 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18583 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18585 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18586 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18588 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18589 Display a list of all character sets.
18591 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18592 internal Emacs use.
18594 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18595 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18596 hexadecimal digits.
18597 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18598 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18600 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18601 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18602 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18603 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18605 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18606 but still shows the full information.
18610 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18611 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18612 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18613 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18614 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18616 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18617 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18618 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18619 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18620 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18622 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18624 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18625 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18626 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18627 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18628 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18630 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18632 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18635 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18637 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18640 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18642 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18645 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18646 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18648 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18649 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18650 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18651 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18652 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18653 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18654 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18655 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18656 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18657 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18658 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18659 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18660 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18661 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18662 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18663 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18667 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18668 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18672 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18673 Display a list of all coding systems.
18674 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18676 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18677 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18681 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display a list of all coding categories.
18686 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18687 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18688 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18690 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18692 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display information about FONTSET.
18694 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18696 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18698 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display a list of all fontsets.
18700 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18701 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18702 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18706 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display information about all input methods.
18711 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18712 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18714 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18715 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18716 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18717 system which uses fontsets).
18723 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18724 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18725 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18726 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18727 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18728 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17817 15478))
18729 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18731 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18732 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18733 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18735 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18737 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18739 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18740 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18742 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18743 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18745 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18746 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18748 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18750 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18751 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18752 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18753 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18754 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18755 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18756 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18758 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18759 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18760 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18761 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18762 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18763 middle of a character in STR.
18765 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18766 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18768 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18769 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18770 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18771 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18772 defaults to \"...\".
18774 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18776 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18777 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18779 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18780 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18781 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18783 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18784 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18785 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18787 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18788 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18789 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18791 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18792 longer than KEYSEQ.
18793 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18795 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18797 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18798 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18799 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18800 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18801 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18802 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18803 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18804 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18805 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18806 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18807 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18809 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18811 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18812 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18814 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18816 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18817 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18819 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18821 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18822 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18824 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18826 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18827 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18829 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18832 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18833 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18834 coding systems ordered by priority.
18836 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18838 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18839 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18840 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18841 language environment LANG-ENV.
18843 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18845 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18846 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18847 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18848 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18849 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18850 basis, this may not be accurate.
18852 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18856 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18857 ;;;;;; (17505 62425))
18858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18860 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18861 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18862 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18863 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18864 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18866 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18868 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18869 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18870 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18871 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18875 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18876 Enable mouse wheel support.
18878 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18882 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18883 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18884 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18885 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18888 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18889 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18891 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18893 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18895 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18896 `ping-program-options'.
18900 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18901 Run ipconfig program.
18905 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18907 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18908 Run netstat program.
18912 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18913 Run the arp program.
18917 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18918 Run the route program.
18922 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18923 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18927 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18928 Run nslookup program.
18932 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18933 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18937 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18942 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18947 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18948 Finger USER on HOST.
18950 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18952 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18953 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18954 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18955 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18957 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18959 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18964 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18965 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18967 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18969 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18970 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18972 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18976 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18977 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18978 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18979 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18980 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18981 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17817 13976))
18982 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18984 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18986 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18988 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18990 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18992 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18993 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18994 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18995 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18996 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18997 Major modes should set this variable.")
18999 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19000 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19001 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
19002 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19003 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
19004 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
19006 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19007 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19009 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19010 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19011 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19013 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19014 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19015 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19016 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19017 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19019 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19020 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19021 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19023 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19024 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19025 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19026 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19028 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19029 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19030 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19031 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19032 column indentation or nil.
19033 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19035 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19036 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19037 The function has no args.
19039 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19040 comments always start in column zero.")
19042 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19043 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19044 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19046 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19048 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19049 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19050 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19051 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19053 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19054 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19056 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19058 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19059 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19060 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19061 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19062 customize this variable.
19064 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19065 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19067 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19069 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19070 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19071 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19072 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19073 the variables are properly set.
19075 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19077 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19078 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19082 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19083 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19084 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19086 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19088 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19089 Set the comment column based on point.
19090 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19091 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19092 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19093 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19097 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19098 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19099 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19103 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19104 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19105 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19108 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19110 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19111 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19112 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19113 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19114 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19115 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19116 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19117 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19119 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19120 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19122 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19124 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19125 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19126 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19127 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19129 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19131 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19132 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19133 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19134 is passed on to the respective function.
19136 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19138 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19139 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19140 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19141 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19142 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19143 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19144 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19145 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19146 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19150 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19151 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19152 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19154 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19156 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19157 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19158 This indents the body of the continued comment
19159 under the previous comment line.
19161 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19162 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19163 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19165 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19166 or comment indentation.
19168 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19169 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19171 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19175 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19176 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19177 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19180 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19181 Check whether newsticker is running.
19182 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19183 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19187 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19188 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19189 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19190 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19195 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19196 Start the newsticker.
19197 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19198 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19199 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19200 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19202 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19204 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19205 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19206 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19211 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19212 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19219 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19222 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19223 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19225 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19229 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19233 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19234 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19235 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19236 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19237 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19238 symbol in the alist.
19240 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19245 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19248 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19249 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19250 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (17817 14138))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19260 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19261 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19262 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19269 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19272 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19273 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19275 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19279 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19280 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17778 50473))
19281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19283 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19284 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19288 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19289 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19293 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19294 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19300 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19301 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17817 13976))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19304 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19305 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19306 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19308 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19310 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19313 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19315 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19316 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19317 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19318 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19319 to future sessions.
19321 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19323 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19324 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19325 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19326 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19327 to future sessions.
19329 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19333 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19334 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
19335 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19337 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19338 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19340 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19341 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19342 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19349 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19352 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19353 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19354 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19355 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19356 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19363 ;;;;;; (17778 49132))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19366 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19367 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19368 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19370 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19372 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19373 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19375 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19376 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19377 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19381 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19385 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19386 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
19387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19389 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19390 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19392 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19393 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19394 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19395 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19397 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19398 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19399 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19400 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19401 is why you need this mode!).
19403 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19404 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19405 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19407 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19412 \\{octave-mode-map}
19414 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19415 ==============================================
19418 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19421 octave-auto-newline
19422 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19425 octave-blink-matching-block
19426 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19427 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19429 octave-block-offset
19430 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19433 octave-continuation-offset
19434 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19437 octave-continuation-string
19438 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19439 Default is a backslash.
19441 octave-mode-startup-message
19442 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19445 octave-send-echo-input
19446 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19447 command to the inferior Octave process.
19449 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19450 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19451 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19453 octave-send-echo-input
19454 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19456 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19458 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19459 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19461 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19462 (setq auto-mode-alist
19463 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19465 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19466 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19468 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19472 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19473 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19475 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19476 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19477 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19478 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19485 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19488 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19489 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19490 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19494 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19495 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19496 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19497 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19498 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19500 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19506 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19507 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19508 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19509 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19510 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19511 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19512 ;;;;;; (17817 15940))
19513 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19515 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19516 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19517 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19519 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19520 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19521 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19522 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19523 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19524 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19525 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19526 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19527 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19528 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19530 The following commands are available:
19536 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19537 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19539 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19540 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19541 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19542 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19543 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19545 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19546 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19547 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19548 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19549 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19550 and zoom in further.
19551 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19553 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19554 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19555 is negative, go up that many levels.
19557 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19558 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19559 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19561 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19562 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19566 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19567 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19571 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19572 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19573 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19574 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19576 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19577 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19578 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19579 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19580 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19581 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19582 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19583 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19585 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19586 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19587 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19589 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19590 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19591 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19595 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19596 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19597 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19598 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19599 before running the agenda command.
19601 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19603 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19604 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19605 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19606 will be able to go to other weeks.
19607 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19608 also be shown, under the current date.
19609 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19610 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19611 to turn on logging.
19612 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19613 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19614 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19616 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19618 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19619 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19620 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19621 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19622 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19623 `org-todo-keywords'.
19627 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19628 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19629 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19630 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19634 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19635 Return diary information from org-files.
19636 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19637 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19638 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19639 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19641 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19642 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19643 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19645 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19646 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19647 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19648 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19650 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19651 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19652 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19654 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19655 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19656 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19657 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19659 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19661 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19663 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19664 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19668 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19669 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19672 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19674 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19675 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19676 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19678 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19680 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19681 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19682 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19684 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19686 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19687 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19688 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19689 \\[org-insert-link].
19690 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19691 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19692 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19696 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19697 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19698 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19699 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19700 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19704 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19705 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19706 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19707 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19711 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19712 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19713 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19714 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19715 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19716 file the text at a specific location.
19717 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19718 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19719 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19721 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19722 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19723 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19724 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19725 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19726 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19727 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19728 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19730 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19731 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19732 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19733 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19735 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19736 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19737 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19739 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19740 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19741 \(i.e. after the stars).
19743 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19747 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19748 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19752 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19753 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19757 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19758 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19759 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19760 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19764 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19765 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19766 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19767 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19771 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19772 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19773 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19779 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19780 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
19781 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19782 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19784 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19785 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19786 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19787 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19789 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19790 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19791 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19792 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19794 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19795 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19796 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19797 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19798 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19799 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19801 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19802 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19803 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19805 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19806 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19807 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19808 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19809 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19810 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19811 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19812 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19813 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19814 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19815 The subheadings remain visible.
19816 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19818 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19819 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19820 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19822 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19823 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19827 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19828 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19829 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19830 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17496
19838 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19839 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19840 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19841 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19842 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19843 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19844 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19845 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19846 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19847 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19851 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17778 50475))
19852 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19854 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19855 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19856 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19859 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19861 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19863 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19864 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19865 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19866 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19868 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19869 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19875 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19876 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19879 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19880 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19881 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19882 unknown are returned as nil.
19884 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19888 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19892 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19893 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19894 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19896 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19897 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19899 Other useful functions are:
19901 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19902 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19903 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19904 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19905 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19906 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19907 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19908 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19909 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19911 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19913 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19914 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19915 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19916 Indentation for case statements.
19917 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19918 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19920 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19921 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19922 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19923 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19924 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19925 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19926 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19927 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19928 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19929 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19931 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19932 pascal-separator-keywords.
19934 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19935 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19941 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19942 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19945 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19946 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19947 The keys affected are:
19948 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19949 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19950 M-Backspace does undo.
19951 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19952 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19953 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19959 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19960 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19963 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19964 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19965 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19967 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19969 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19971 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19973 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19974 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19976 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19978 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19979 which modify the status of the mark.
19981 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19982 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19984 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19985 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19987 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19988 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19989 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19990 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19991 turning PC Selection mode on.
19993 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19994 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19996 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19997 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19998 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20000 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20001 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20002 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20004 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20005 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20007 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20008 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20009 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20011 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20012 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20013 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20019 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20020 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20025 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20026 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20027 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20028 and cursor movement commands.
20029 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20031 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20033 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
20037 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17817
20039 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20041 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20042 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20049 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17817 13976))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20053 Completion for `gzip'.
20057 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20058 Completion for `bzip2'.
20062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20063 Completion for GNU `make'.
20067 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20068 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20072 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20076 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20077 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17817 13976))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20080 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20081 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20085 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20086 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20090 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20091 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20097 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17817
20099 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20101 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20102 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20103 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20104 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20105 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20106 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20112 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20113 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20114 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17817 13976))
20115 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20117 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20118 Completion for `cd'.
20122 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20124 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20125 Completion for `rmdir'.
20129 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20130 Completion for `rm'.
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20135 Completion for `xargs'.
20139 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20141 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20142 Completion for `which'.
20146 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20147 Completion for the `chown' command.
20151 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20152 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20158 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20159 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20160 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17466
20162 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20164 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20165 Support extensible programmable completion.
20166 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20167 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20169 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20171 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20172 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20176 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20177 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20178 This will modify the current buffer.
20182 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20183 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20187 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20188 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20189 This will modify the current buffer.
20193 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20194 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20198 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20199 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20203 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20204 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20205 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20206 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20207 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20209 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20211 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20212 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20218 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20219 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20220 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17817 13976))
20221 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20223 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20224 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20225 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20226 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20228 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20230 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20232 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20233 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20234 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20235 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20236 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20237 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20240 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20242 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20243 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20244 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20245 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20246 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20247 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20248 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20249 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20251 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20253 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20254 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20255 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20256 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20257 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20258 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20259 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20262 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20264 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20265 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20266 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20267 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20268 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20269 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20270 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20272 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20274 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20276 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20277 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20278 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20280 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20282 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20283 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20284 nil means never do it.
20285 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20286 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20287 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20289 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20291 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20292 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20293 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17817 13976))
20298 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20300 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20304 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20305 ;;;;;; (17499 10453))
20306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20308 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20309 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20310 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20311 Tab indents for Perl code.
20312 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20313 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20314 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20316 Variables controlling indentation style:
20317 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20318 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20319 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20320 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20321 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20322 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20323 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20325 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20326 `perl-indent-level'
20327 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20328 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20329 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20330 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20331 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20332 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20333 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20334 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20335 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20336 `perl-brace-offset'
20337 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20338 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20339 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20340 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20341 `perl-label-offset'
20342 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20343 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20344 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20346 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20347 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20348 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20349 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20350 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20351 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20352 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20354 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20360 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20361 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20362 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20363 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17713 5990))
20364 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20366 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20367 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20369 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20371 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20372 passphrase cache or user.
20374 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20376 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20377 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20379 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20382 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20384 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20385 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20387 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20390 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20391 passphrase cache or user.
20393 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20395 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20396 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20398 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20400 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20403 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20404 passphrase cache or user.
20406 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20408 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20409 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20411 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20412 passphrase cache or user.
20414 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20416 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20417 Decrypt the current buffer.
20419 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20422 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20423 passphrase cache or user.
20425 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20427 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20428 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20430 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20431 a detached signature.
20433 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20434 and the the output is displayed.
20436 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20437 passphrase cache or user.
20439 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20441 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20442 Sign the current buffer.
20444 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20445 detached signature.
20447 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20450 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20451 and the the output is displayed.
20453 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20454 passphrase cache or user.
20456 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20458 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20459 Verify the current region between START and END.
20460 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20461 the detached signature of the current region.
20463 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20464 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20466 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20468 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20469 Verify the current buffer.
20470 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20471 the detached signature of the current region.
20472 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20473 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20474 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20477 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20479 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20480 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20484 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20485 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20487 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20489 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20490 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20496 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20497 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
20498 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20500 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20501 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20503 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20507 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20508 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
20509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20511 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20512 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20513 \\<picture-mode-map>
20514 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20515 afterwards settable by these commands:
20517 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20518 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20519 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20520 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20522 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20523 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20524 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20525 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20527 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20528 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20529 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20530 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20532 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20533 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20534 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20535 with these commands:
20537 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20538 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20539 Move to column following last
20540 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20541 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20542 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20543 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20544 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20545 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20547 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20549 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20550 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20551 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20552 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20553 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20554 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20556 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20557 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20558 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20559 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20560 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20561 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20562 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20564 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20565 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20566 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20567 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20568 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20569 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20570 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20571 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20573 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20574 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20575 by supplying an argument.
20577 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20579 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20580 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20584 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20588 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20589 ;;;;;; (17611 9183))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20592 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20593 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20594 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20596 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20600 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17549 5052))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20603 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20604 Play pong and waste time.
20605 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20606 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20608 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20616 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20617 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17778 50473))
20618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20620 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20621 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20622 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20623 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20625 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20627 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20628 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20632 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20633 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20634 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20635 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20636 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20638 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20640 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20641 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20642 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20644 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20646 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20647 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20648 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20649 Ignores leading comment characters.
20655 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20656 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20657 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20658 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20659 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20660 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20661 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20662 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20663 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20664 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20665 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20666 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20667 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20668 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20669 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20670 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20671 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20672 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20673 ;;;;;; (17817 13971))
20674 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20676 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20677 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20679 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20681 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20683 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20685 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20686 Preview directory using ghostview.
20688 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20689 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20690 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20691 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20693 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20694 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20695 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20696 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20697 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20700 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20702 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20704 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20705 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20707 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20708 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20709 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20710 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20712 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20713 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20714 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20715 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20716 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20719 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20721 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20723 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20724 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20726 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20727 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20728 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20729 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20731 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20732 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20733 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20734 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20735 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20738 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20740 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20742 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20743 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20745 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20747 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20748 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20749 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20750 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20752 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20753 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20754 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20755 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20756 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20759 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20761 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20763 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20764 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20766 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20767 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20768 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20770 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20771 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20772 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20773 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20775 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20777 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20778 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20780 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20781 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20782 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20784 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20785 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20786 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20787 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20789 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20791 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20792 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20794 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20795 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20796 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20798 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20799 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20800 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20801 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20803 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20805 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20806 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20808 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20810 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20811 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20812 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20814 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20815 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20816 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20817 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20819 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20821 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20822 Preview region using ghostview.
20824 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20826 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20828 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20829 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20831 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20833 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20835 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20836 Print region using PostScript printer.
20838 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20840 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20842 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20843 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20845 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20847 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20849 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20850 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20852 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20854 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20856 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20857 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20859 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20861 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20863 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20864 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20866 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20868 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20870 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20871 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20873 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20875 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20877 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20878 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20879 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20880 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20882 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20885 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20886 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20888 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20890 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20892 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20893 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20894 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20895 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20899 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20900 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20901 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20902 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20906 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20907 Print directory using text printer.
20909 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20912 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20913 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20915 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20917 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20919 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20920 Print buffer using text printer.
20924 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20925 Print region using text printer.
20929 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20930 Print major mode using text printer.
20934 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20935 Preview spooled PostScript.
20937 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20938 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20939 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20941 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20942 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20943 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20945 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20947 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20948 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20950 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20951 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20952 instead of sending it to the printer.
20954 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20955 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20956 image in a file with that name.
20958 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20960 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20961 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20963 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20964 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20965 instead of sending it to the printer.
20967 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20968 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20969 image in a file with that name.
20971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20973 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20974 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20976 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20977 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20978 instead of sending it to the printer.
20980 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20981 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20982 image in a file with that name.
20984 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20986 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20987 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20989 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20991 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20992 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20994 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20996 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20997 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20999 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21001 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21002 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21004 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21006 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21007 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21009 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21011 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21012 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21014 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21015 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21016 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21017 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21019 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21020 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21021 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21022 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21023 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21024 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21027 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21029 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21030 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21034 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21035 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21037 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21039 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21044 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21045 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21049 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21050 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21054 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21055 Toggle printing with faces.
21059 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21064 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21069 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21072 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21074 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21079 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21084 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21085 Toggle upside-down.
21089 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21090 Toggle line number.
21094 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21095 Toggle zebra stripes.
21099 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21100 Toggle printing header.
21104 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21105 Toggle printing header frame.
21109 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21114 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21115 Toggle auto region.
21119 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21124 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21125 Customization of the `printing' group.
21127 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21129 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21130 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21132 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21134 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21135 Help for the printing package.
21137 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21139 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21140 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21144 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21145 Interactively select a text printer.
21149 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21150 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21154 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21155 Show current ps-print settings.
21157 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21159 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21160 Show current printing settings.
21162 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21164 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21165 Show current lpr settings.
21167 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21169 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21170 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21172 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21173 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21174 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21175 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21178 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21180 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21181 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21182 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21184 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21185 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21186 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21187 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21188 current active printer.
21190 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21191 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21192 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21195 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21196 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21197 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21198 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21199 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21202 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21203 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21205 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21207 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21208 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21209 be done using the new current active printer.
21211 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21212 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21215 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21216 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21217 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21218 instead of sending it to the printer.
21220 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21221 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21224 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21227 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21230 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21232 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21233 Fast fire function for text printing.
21235 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21236 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21237 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21238 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21240 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21241 user for a new active text printer.
21243 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21245 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21247 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21248 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21251 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21253 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21256 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21260 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21261 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
21262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21264 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21265 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21266 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21268 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21269 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21270 if that value is non-nil.
21274 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21276 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21277 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21278 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21280 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17817 15478))
21285 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21287 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21288 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21289 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21293 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21297 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21298 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21300 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21302 The following variables hold user options, and can
21303 be set through the `customize' command:
21305 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21307 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21308 `ps-mode-print-function'
21310 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21314 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21317 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21323 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21324 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21325 The keymap for this second window is:
21327 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21330 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21331 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21332 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21333 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21334 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21340 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21341 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21342 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21343 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17817 13971))
21344 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21346 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21347 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21351 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21352 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21353 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21354 changed by setting the variable
21355 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21356 The initial value of this variable is
21357 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21360 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21361 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21362 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21363 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21364 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21365 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21368 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21369 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21370 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21371 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21372 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21373 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21374 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21375 use this value, be sure to have installed
21376 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21377 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21378 documentation of this variable).
21380 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21381 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21382 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21383 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21384 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21385 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21387 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21389 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21391 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21392 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21393 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21395 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21397 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21402 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21403 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21405 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21407 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21411 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21413 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21416 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21418 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21419 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21421 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21424 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21428 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21430 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21433 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21435 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21436 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21440 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21441 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21442 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21444 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21446 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21447 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21448 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21450 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21452 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21459 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21460 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21461 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21462 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21463 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21464 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17817
21466 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21468 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21469 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21470 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21472 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21474 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21475 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21476 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21477 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21479 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21481 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21482 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21486 nil Do not print colors.
21490 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21491 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21493 Any other value is treated as t.")
21495 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21497 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21498 Customization of ps-print group.
21502 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21503 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21505 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21506 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21507 sending it to the printer.
21509 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21510 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21511 image in a file with that name.
21513 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21515 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21516 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21517 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21518 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21519 so it has a way to determine color values.
21521 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21523 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21524 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21525 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21527 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21529 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21530 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21531 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21532 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21533 so it has a way to determine color values.
21535 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21537 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21538 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21539 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21540 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21542 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21546 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21547 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21548 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21549 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21550 so it has a way to determine color values.
21552 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21556 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21557 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21558 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21560 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21564 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21565 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21566 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21567 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21568 so it has a way to determine color values.
21570 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21572 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21574 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21575 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21577 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21578 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21579 instead of sending it to the printer.
21581 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21582 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21583 image in a file with that name.
21585 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21587 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21588 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21589 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21590 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21591 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21595 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21596 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21597 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21599 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21601 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21602 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21603 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21605 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21607 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21608 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21612 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21613 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21615 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21616 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21618 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21619 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21621 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21623 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21625 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21627 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21628 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21630 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21631 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21633 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21634 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21636 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21638 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21640 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21642 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21643 foreground and background colors respectively.
21645 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21646 bold - use bold font.
21647 italic - use italic font.
21648 underline - put a line under text.
21649 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21650 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21651 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21652 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21653 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21655 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21657 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21661 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21662 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
21663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21665 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21667 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21669 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21671 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21672 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21673 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21674 buffer automatically.
21676 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21677 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21678 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21679 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21680 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21681 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21682 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21684 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21685 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21686 buffer for a list of commands.)
21688 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21690 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21691 Major mode for editing Python files.
21692 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21693 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21694 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21695 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21697 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21698 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21699 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21700 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21701 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21702 \\<python-mode-map>
21703 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21704 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21705 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21706 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21707 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21708 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21710 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21711 effect outside them.
21713 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21714 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21715 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21716 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21717 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21718 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21719 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21720 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21721 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21723 \\{python-mode-map}
21727 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21728 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21729 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21730 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21736 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21737 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21740 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21741 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21742 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21745 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21746 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21748 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21749 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21750 them into characters should be done separately.
21752 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21756 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21757 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21758 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21759 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21760 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17817 15478))
21761 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21763 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21764 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21768 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21769 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21770 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21772 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21773 `quail-activate', which see.
21775 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21777 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21778 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21779 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21780 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21781 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21782 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21783 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21785 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21786 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21787 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21788 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21789 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21791 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21793 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21794 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21795 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21796 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21797 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21798 list of candidates.
21800 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21801 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21802 command to be called.
21804 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21805 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21806 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21807 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21809 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21810 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21811 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21812 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21813 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21816 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21817 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21818 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21819 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21821 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21822 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21823 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21824 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21826 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21827 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21828 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21829 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21830 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21831 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21833 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21834 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21835 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21836 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21837 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21838 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21840 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21841 covers Quail translation region.
21843 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21844 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21845 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21846 for it) is inserted.
21848 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21849 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21850 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21852 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21853 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21854 non-Quail commands.
21856 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21858 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21859 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21861 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21862 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21863 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21864 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21865 you type is correctly handled.
21867 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21869 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21870 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21872 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21875 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21877 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21878 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21879 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21880 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21881 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21882 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21883 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21884 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21885 for the translation.
21886 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21888 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21889 it is used to handle KEY.
21891 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21892 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21893 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21894 the following annotation types are supported.
21896 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21897 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21899 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21902 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21903 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21904 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21907 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21908 generated for the following translations.
21910 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21912 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21913 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21915 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21916 which to install MAP.
21918 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21920 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21922 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21923 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21925 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21926 which to install MAP.
21928 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21930 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21932 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21933 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21934 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21935 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21936 a function, or a cons.
21937 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21938 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21939 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21940 for the translation.
21941 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21942 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21943 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21944 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21945 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21947 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21948 it is used to handle KEY.
21950 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21951 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21952 current Quail package.
21954 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21955 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21957 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21959 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21960 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21962 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21963 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21965 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21967 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21968 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21970 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21972 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21973 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21974 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21975 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21976 of the Emacs source tree.
21978 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21979 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21981 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21982 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21985 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21989 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21990 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21991 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21995 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21996 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21997 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21998 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22000 To make use of this do something like:
22002 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22004 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22006 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22007 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22009 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22010 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22011 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22013 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22015 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22016 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22018 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22020 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22021 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22023 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22026 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22028 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22029 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22031 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22032 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22033 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22035 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22037 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22038 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22040 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22042 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22043 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22047 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22048 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22050 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22052 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22056 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22057 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22063 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22064 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17778 50475))
22065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22067 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22069 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22073 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22075 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22078 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22080 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22081 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22082 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22085 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22087 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22089 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22090 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22096 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17817
22098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22100 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22101 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22104 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22108 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22109 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
22110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22112 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22114 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22115 Construct a regexp interactively.
22121 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17778 48817))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22124 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22125 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22126 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22129 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22131 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22133 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22134 Toggle recentf mode.
22135 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22136 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22138 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22139 that were operated on recently.
22141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22145 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22146 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22147 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22148 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17713
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22152 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22153 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22154 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22155 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22157 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22159 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22161 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22162 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22163 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22164 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22167 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22168 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22171 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22173 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22174 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22175 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22177 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22178 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22181 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22183 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22184 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22185 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22187 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22189 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22190 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22192 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22193 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22195 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22198 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22199 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22200 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22201 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22204 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22206 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22207 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22211 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22212 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22213 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22214 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22215 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22216 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22217 and point is at the lower right corner.
22219 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22221 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22222 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22224 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22225 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22227 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22228 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22229 on the right side of the rectangle.
22231 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22233 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22235 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22236 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22237 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22238 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22239 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22241 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22242 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22244 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22246 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22247 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22248 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22250 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22252 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22254 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22256 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22257 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22259 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22260 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22261 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22263 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22265 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22266 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22267 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22269 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22270 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22271 rectangle which were empty.
22273 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22277 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17817
22279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22281 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22282 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22283 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22285 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22286 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22287 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22294 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22297 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22298 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22302 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22303 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22305 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22306 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22308 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22309 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22310 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22313 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22314 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22315 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22317 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22318 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22319 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22321 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22322 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22324 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22325 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22327 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22328 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22331 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22335 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22336 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22337 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22343 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22344 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22347 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22348 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22349 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22350 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22351 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22352 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22354 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22356 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22358 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22359 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22360 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22361 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22362 `reftex-cite-format'.
22364 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22365 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22366 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22367 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22369 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22373 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22374 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22377 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22378 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22379 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22380 the current TeX document.
22382 With no argument, this command toggles
22383 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22384 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22390 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22391 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22392 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22394 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22395 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22396 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22398 To insert new phrases, use
22399 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22400 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22402 To index phrases use one of:
22404 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22405 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22406 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22407 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22408 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22410 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22411 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22413 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22415 Here are all local bindings.
22417 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22423 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22424 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22427 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22428 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22429 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22432 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17817
22438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22439 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22440 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22441 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22442 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22446 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22447 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22450 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22451 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22452 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22453 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22454 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22455 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22457 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22458 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22460 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22463 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22465 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22466 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22467 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22468 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22470 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22474 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17817 13977))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22477 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22478 Repeat most recently executed command.
22479 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22480 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22481 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22483 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22484 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22485 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22487 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22491 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22492 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22495 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22496 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22498 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22499 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22500 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22501 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22502 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22503 and point is left after the salutation.
22505 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22506 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22507 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22508 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22509 left after that text.
22511 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22514 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22515 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22516 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22517 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22519 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22523 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22524 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22527 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22528 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22529 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22530 visibility of comments that precede it.
22531 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22532 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22533 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22534 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22535 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22536 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22537 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22538 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22540 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22541 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22542 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22543 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22544 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22547 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22551 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17817
22553 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22555 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22556 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22562 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22563 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
22564 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22566 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22567 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22568 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22570 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22571 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22572 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22576 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22577 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22578 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22580 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22582 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22584 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22585 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22586 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22588 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22589 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22590 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22597 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22600 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22601 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22605 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22606 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22608 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22612 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17817 14122))
22613 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22614 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22616 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22617 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22618 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22619 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22621 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22623 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22624 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22625 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22626 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22628 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22629 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22631 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22632 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22634 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22635 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22638 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22639 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22640 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22641 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22642 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22644 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22645 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22646 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22647 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22649 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22650 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22653 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22657 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22658 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22659 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22660 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22661 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22662 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22663 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17778
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22667 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22668 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22669 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22671 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22673 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22674 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22675 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22676 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22678 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22680 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22681 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22682 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22683 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22684 value is the user's email address and name.)
22685 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22687 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22688 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22689 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22690 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22691 which normally happens once for each message,
22692 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22693 To make a change in this variable take effect
22694 for a message that you have already viewed,
22695 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22697 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22699 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22700 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22701 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22702 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22704 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22706 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22707 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22709 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22711 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22712 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22713 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22714 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22716 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22718 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22719 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22721 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22723 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22724 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22726 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22728 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22729 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22730 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22731 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22732 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22734 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22736 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22737 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22738 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22739 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22741 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22743 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22744 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22746 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22748 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22749 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22751 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22753 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22754 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22756 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22758 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22759 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22761 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22762 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22764 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22765 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22767 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22769 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22770 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22772 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22773 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22774 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22775 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22777 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22778 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22780 This is set to nil by default.")
22782 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22783 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22784 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22785 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22786 until a user explicitly requires it.
22788 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22789 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22792 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22794 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22795 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22796 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22797 It is called with no argument.")
22799 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22800 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22801 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22802 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22803 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22804 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22805 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22807 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22808 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22809 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22810 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22811 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22812 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22814 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22815 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22816 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22817 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22818 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22820 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22821 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22822 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22823 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22824 MSG is the message number,
22825 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22826 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22828 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22829 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22830 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22831 this feature is required with `require'.
22833 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22834 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22836 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22837 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22838 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22839 the message is decoded as normal way.
22841 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22842 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22843 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22845 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22846 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22847 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22849 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22850 Read and edit incoming mail.
22851 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22852 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22853 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22855 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22856 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22857 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22858 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22860 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22862 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22864 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22865 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22866 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22867 Instead, these commands are available:
22869 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22870 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22871 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22872 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22873 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22874 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22875 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22876 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22877 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22878 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22879 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22880 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22881 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22882 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22883 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22884 till a deleted message is found.
22885 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22886 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22887 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22888 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22889 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22890 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22891 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22892 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22893 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22894 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22895 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22896 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22897 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22898 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22899 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22900 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22901 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22902 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22903 (label defaults to last one specified).
22904 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22905 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22906 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22907 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22908 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22909 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22910 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22911 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22912 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22916 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22917 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22919 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22921 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22922 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22924 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22928 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22929 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22932 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22933 Edit the contents of this message.
22939 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22940 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22941 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22944 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22945 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22946 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22948 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22950 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22951 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22952 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22954 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22956 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22959 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22961 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22962 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22963 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22964 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22965 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22967 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22969 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22970 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22971 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22972 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22973 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22975 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22979 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22980 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22983 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22984 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22985 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22986 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22988 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22992 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22993 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22994 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17778 50475))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22997 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22998 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22999 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23000 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23001 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23002 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23003 a file name as a string.")
23005 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23007 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23008 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23009 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23010 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23011 buffer visiting that file.
23012 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23013 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23015 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23016 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23018 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23019 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23021 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23022 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23024 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23026 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23027 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23029 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23031 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23032 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23033 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23034 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23035 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23037 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23038 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23039 will be appended with their original headers.
23041 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23042 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23044 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23045 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23047 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23049 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23051 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23052 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23053 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23055 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23059 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23060 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23061 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
23063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23065 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23066 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23067 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23069 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23071 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23072 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23073 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23075 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23077 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23078 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23079 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23081 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23083 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23084 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23085 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23087 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23089 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23090 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23091 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23093 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23095 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23096 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23097 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23099 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23101 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23102 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23103 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23104 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23106 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23110 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23111 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23112 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23113 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23114 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23117 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23118 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23120 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
23122 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23123 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23125 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
23127 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23128 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23132 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23133 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23134 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23136 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23138 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23139 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23140 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23141 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23142 only look in the To and From fields.
23143 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23145 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23147 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23148 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23149 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23150 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23151 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23153 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23155 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23156 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23157 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23158 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23159 look in the whole message.
23160 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23162 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23164 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23165 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23166 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23168 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23170 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23171 *Function to decode summary-line.
23173 By default, `identity' is set.")
23175 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23177 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23178 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23179 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23180 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23181 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23182 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23183 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23185 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23186 sent by you under different user names.
23187 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23189 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23191 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
23195 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23196 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23199 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23200 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23201 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23202 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23204 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23208 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23209 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17817 13977))
23210 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23212 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23213 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23215 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23217 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23218 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23220 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23222 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23223 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23225 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23227 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23228 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23229 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23231 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23232 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23235 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23239 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23240 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23246 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23247 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23248 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23249 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23250 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23253 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23254 *This variable is obsolete.")
23256 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23258 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23259 *This variable is obsolete.")
23261 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23263 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23264 *This variable is obsolete.")
23266 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23268 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23269 *This variable is obsolete.")
23271 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23273 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23274 *This variable is obsolete.")
23276 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23278 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23279 *This variable is obsolete.")
23281 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23283 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23284 This function is obsolete.
23286 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23290 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17778
23292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23294 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23295 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23301 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23305 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23306 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23307 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23308 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23310 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23312 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23313 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23314 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23315 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23317 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23321 matches string STRING literally.
23324 matches character CHAR literally.
23326 `not-newline', `nonl'
23327 matches any character except a newline.
23330 matches any character
23335 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23336 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23337 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23339 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23340 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23341 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23342 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23344 `(not (any SET ...))'
23345 matches any character not in SET ...
23347 `line-start', `bol'
23348 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23349 in the text being matched
23352 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23354 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23355 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23356 string being matched against.
23358 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23359 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23360 string being matched against.
23363 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23364 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23367 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23368 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23371 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23373 `word-start', `bow'
23374 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23378 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23381 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23384 `(not word-boundary)'
23385 `not-word-boundary'
23386 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23389 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23390 matches 0 through 9.
23393 matches ASCII control characters.
23395 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23396 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23399 matches space and tab only.
23402 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23405 `printing', `print'
23406 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23409 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23410 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23411 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23413 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23414 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23415 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23418 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23421 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23423 `lower', `lower-case'
23424 matches anything lower-case.
23426 `upper', `upper-case'
23427 matches anything upper-case.
23429 `punctuation', `punct'
23430 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23431 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23433 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23434 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23437 matches anything that has word syntax.
23440 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23443 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23444 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23445 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23447 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23448 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23451 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23452 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23453 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23454 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23455 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23457 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23458 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23459 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23460 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23461 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23463 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23464 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23466 `(category CATEGORY)'
23467 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23468 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23470 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23471 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23472 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23473 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23477 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23478 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23479 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23480 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23481 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23482 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23483 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23484 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23485 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23486 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23487 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23488 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23489 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23490 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23499 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23503 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23505 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23510 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23511 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23513 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23514 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23515 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23516 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23517 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23519 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23520 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23521 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23522 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23524 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23525 another name for `submatch'.
23527 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23528 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23529 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23530 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23531 regular expression.
23533 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23534 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23535 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23536 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23537 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23539 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23540 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23542 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23543 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23545 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23547 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23550 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23551 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23554 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23555 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23557 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23559 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23562 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23565 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23567 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23568 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23570 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23573 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23576 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23580 matches N occurrences.
23583 matches N or more occurrences.
23585 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23586 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23587 matches N to M occurrences.
23590 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23593 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23596 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23599 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23603 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23605 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23609 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23610 ;;;;;; (17466 28165))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23613 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23614 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23615 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23618 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23620 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23621 Toggle savehist-mode.
23622 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23623 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23624 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23625 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23627 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23628 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23629 which is probably undesirable.
23635 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23636 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23639 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23640 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23641 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23643 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23644 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23645 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23646 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23647 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23648 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23649 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23650 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23654 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23655 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23656 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23657 if that value is non-nil.
23661 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23662 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23663 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23666 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23667 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23668 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23669 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23670 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23671 that variable's value is a string.
23677 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23678 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23681 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23682 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23683 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23685 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17817
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23695 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23696 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23697 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23698 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23700 Interesting variables:
23702 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23703 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23705 `scribe-electric-quote'
23706 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23708 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23709 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23710 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23716 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23717 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23720 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23721 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23722 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23725 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23727 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23729 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23730 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23731 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23732 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23733 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23739 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23740 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23743 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23744 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23745 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23746 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23747 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23754 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23755 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23756 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23757 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23758 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23759 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23760 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23761 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23762 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17713 5990))
23763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23765 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23766 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23768 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23770 If `parens', they look like:
23771 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23772 If `angles', they look like:
23773 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23774 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23775 derived from the envelope-from address.
23777 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23778 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23779 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23780 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23782 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23784 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23785 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23786 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23787 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23789 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23790 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23791 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23792 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23794 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23796 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23797 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23798 This is done when the message is initialized,
23799 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23801 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23803 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23804 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23805 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23807 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23809 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23811 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23812 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23813 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23814 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23815 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23816 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23817 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23819 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23821 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23822 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23824 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23826 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23827 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23828 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23830 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23832 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23833 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23834 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23835 when you first send mail.")
23837 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23839 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23840 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23841 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23842 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23843 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23845 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23847 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23848 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23849 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23850 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23851 This file need not actually exist.")
23853 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23855 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23856 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23857 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23859 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23861 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23862 Alist of mail address aliases,
23863 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23864 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23865 can specify a different file name.)
23866 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23867 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23869 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23870 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23871 nil means use indentation.")
23873 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23875 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23876 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23877 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23879 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23881 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23882 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23883 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23884 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23885 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23886 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23887 in the cited portion of the message.
23889 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23890 instead of no action.")
23892 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23894 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23895 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23896 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23897 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23898 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23900 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23902 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23903 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23904 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23905 If a string, that string is inserted.
23906 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23907 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23908 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23909 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23911 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23913 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23914 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23916 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23918 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23919 Directory for mail buffers.
23920 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23921 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23923 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23925 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23926 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23927 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23928 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23930 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23932 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23933 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23934 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23935 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23938 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23940 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23941 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23942 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23943 `query' means ask the user each time.
23944 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23945 The default is `mime'.
23946 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23947 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23949 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23951 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23952 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23953 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23955 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23956 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23958 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23959 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23960 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23961 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23962 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23963 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23964 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23965 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23966 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23967 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23968 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23969 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23970 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23974 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23975 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23977 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23978 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23980 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23982 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23983 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23984 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23985 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23986 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23987 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23989 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23990 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23991 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23993 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23994 User should not set this variable manually,
23995 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23996 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23997 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23998 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24000 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24001 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24002 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24003 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24005 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24006 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24009 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24011 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24012 to move to message header fields:
24015 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24016 when the message is initialized.
24018 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24019 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24021 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24024 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24025 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24027 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24028 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24029 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24030 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24031 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24032 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24033 buffer without erasing the contents.
24035 The second through fifth arguments,
24036 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24037 the initial contents of those header fields.
24038 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24039 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24040 original message being replied to, or else an action
24041 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24042 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24043 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24044 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24045 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24046 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24048 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24050 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24051 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24053 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24055 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24056 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24058 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24062 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24063 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17778 59051))
24064 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24066 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24067 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24068 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24069 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24070 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24071 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24073 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
24074 communications subprocess.
24076 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24078 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24079 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24080 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24083 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24085 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24087 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24088 Toggle Server mode.
24089 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24090 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24091 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24095 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24096 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24098 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24100 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24101 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24103 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24107 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17778 50477))
24108 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24110 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24111 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24112 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24116 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24117 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24118 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24119 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24125 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24126 ;;;;;; (17817 13959))
24127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24129 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24130 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24132 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24135 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24136 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24137 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24139 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24140 in your `.emacs' file.
24142 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24144 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24145 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24150 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24152 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24153 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24154 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24155 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24156 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24157 which this is based.
24159 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24161 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24162 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24163 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24164 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24166 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24167 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24168 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24170 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24171 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24172 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24173 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24175 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24176 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24177 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24178 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24180 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24182 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24183 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24184 To work around that, do:
24185 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24193 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24194 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
24195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24196 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24198 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24199 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24200 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24201 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24202 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24203 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24205 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24206 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24207 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24208 shell-specific features.
24210 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24211 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24212 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24214 \\[sh-case] case statement
24215 \\[sh-for] for loop
24216 \\[sh-function] function definition
24217 \\[sh-if] if statement
24218 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24219 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24220 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24221 \\[sh-select] select loop
24222 \\[sh-until] until loop
24223 \\[sh-while] while loop
24225 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24226 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24227 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24228 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24229 would indent to the way it currently is.
24230 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24231 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24234 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24235 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24236 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24237 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24238 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24239 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24241 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24243 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24245 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24246 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24247 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24249 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24250 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24254 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24258 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
24259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24261 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24262 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24263 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24264 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24265 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24266 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24268 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24272 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24273 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24276 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24277 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24279 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24280 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24281 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24282 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24285 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24287 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24289 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24290 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24291 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24293 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24294 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24296 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24297 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24298 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24299 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24300 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24301 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24302 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24305 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24306 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24307 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24308 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24309 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24311 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24312 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24313 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24320 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17778
24322 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24324 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24325 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24326 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24327 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24328 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24329 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24334 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24335 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24336 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24337 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24338 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24342 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24343 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24344 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24345 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24346 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24347 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24348 `shadow-define-cluster').
24352 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24353 Set up file shadowing.
24359 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24360 ;;;;;; (17817 15738))
24361 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24363 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24364 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24365 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24366 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24367 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24370 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24372 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24373 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24374 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24375 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24376 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24377 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24378 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24379 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24380 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24381 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24382 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24383 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24384 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24385 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24387 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24388 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24389 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24390 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24391 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24392 `default-process-coding-system'.
24394 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24395 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24396 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24397 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24399 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24402 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24407 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24410 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24413 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24415 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24418 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24420 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24423 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24427 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24428 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
24429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24431 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24432 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24433 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24434 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24435 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24437 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17817 16152))
24444 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24445 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24449 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17817
24451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24453 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24454 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24455 \\{simula-mode-map}
24456 Variables controlling indentation style:
24457 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24458 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24459 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24460 `simula-indent-level'
24461 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24462 `simula-substatement-offset'
24463 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24464 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24465 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24466 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24467 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24468 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24469 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24470 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24471 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24472 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24473 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24474 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24475 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24476 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24477 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24478 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24479 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24480 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24481 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24482 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24483 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24484 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24485 or nil if they should not be changed.
24486 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24487 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24488 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24489 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24491 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24492 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24498 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24499 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17817 13977))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24502 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24503 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24505 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24506 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24507 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24508 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24510 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24512 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24514 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24515 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24516 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24517 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24518 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24520 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24521 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24523 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24525 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24526 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24528 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24529 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24530 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24531 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24533 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24534 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24535 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24536 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24538 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24539 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24540 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24542 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24543 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24545 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24546 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24548 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24549 _ interesting point, interregion here
24550 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24551 interesting point set by _
24552 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24553 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24554 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24555 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24556 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24557 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24560 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24561 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24563 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24564 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24565 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24566 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24567 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24568 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24569 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24570 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24572 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24573 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24574 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24575 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24576 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24579 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24580 then: insert previously read string once more
24581 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24582 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24583 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24585 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24586 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24588 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24590 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24591 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24593 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24594 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24595 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24596 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24597 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24600 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24601 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24602 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24608 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24609 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24612 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24613 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24614 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24617 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24619 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24620 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24621 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24627 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24628 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24631 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24632 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24633 A list of images is returned.
24635 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24637 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24638 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24639 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24641 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24645 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24646 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17778 50475))
24647 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24649 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24654 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24655 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24661 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17817 14125))
24662 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24664 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24665 Play the Snake game.
24666 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24668 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24670 Snake mode keybindings:
24672 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24673 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24674 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24675 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24676 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24677 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24678 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24684 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24685 ;;;;;; (17817 14122))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24688 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24689 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24690 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24691 Tab indents for C code.
24692 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24693 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24695 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24700 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24701 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24702 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24703 Tab indents for C code.
24704 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24705 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24707 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24708 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24714 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24715 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24716 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24719 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24720 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24722 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24723 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24724 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24726 For example, the form
24728 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24729 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24731 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24733 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24735 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24736 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24738 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24739 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24740 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24743 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24745 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24747 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24748 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24750 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24751 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24752 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24755 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24757 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24759 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24760 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24761 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24764 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24766 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24768 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24769 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24770 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24772 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24773 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24775 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24779 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24780 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24781 Requires floating point.
24787 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17817
24789 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24791 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24794 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24795 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24796 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24797 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24798 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24799 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24800 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24801 check after each move or undo)
24805 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24806 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24807 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24826 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24827 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24828 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24829 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24831 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24832 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24833 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24836 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24837 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24839 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24855 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24857 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24863 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24864 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24865 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17817 13977))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24868 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24869 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24871 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24872 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24873 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24874 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24877 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24878 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24879 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24882 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24883 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24885 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24886 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24887 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24888 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24891 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24892 It should move point to the end of the record.
24894 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24895 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24896 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24897 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24898 starts at the beginning of the record.
24900 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24901 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24904 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24905 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24907 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24909 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24910 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24911 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24912 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24913 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24916 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24918 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24919 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24920 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24921 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24922 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24925 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24927 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24928 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24929 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24930 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24931 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24934 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24936 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24937 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24938 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24939 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24940 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24941 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24942 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24943 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24944 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24946 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24948 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24949 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24950 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24951 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24952 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24953 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24954 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24957 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24959 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24960 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24961 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24962 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24963 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24964 is to be used for sorting.
24965 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24966 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24967 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24968 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24969 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24971 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24973 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24976 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24977 starting with the letter \"f\",
24978 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24980 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24982 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24983 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24984 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24985 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24986 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24987 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24988 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24991 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24992 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24993 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24994 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24995 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24997 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24999 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25000 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25001 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25003 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25007 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17817
25009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25011 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25012 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25018 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25019 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25020 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25023 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25024 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25026 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25027 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25028 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25030 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25032 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25033 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25034 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25037 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25039 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25040 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25041 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25043 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25045 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25046 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25047 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25048 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25053 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25054 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25055 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25056 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25062 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25063 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17778 50477))
25064 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25066 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25068 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25069 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25070 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25071 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25072 supported at a time.
25073 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25074 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25078 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25079 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25080 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25081 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25087 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25088 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17817 14129))
25089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25091 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25093 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25094 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25095 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25096 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25097 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25098 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25102 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25103 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25104 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25105 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25109 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25110 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25111 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25112 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25113 for example, \"word\".
25115 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25117 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25118 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25120 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25124 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17817
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25128 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25129 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25133 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25134 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25140 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25141 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25142 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25143 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17817
25145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25147 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25148 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25150 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25151 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25152 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25153 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25154 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25155 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25156 of the current highlighting list.
25160 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25161 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25163 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25164 `_t' as data types.
25166 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25168 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25169 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25171 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25172 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25174 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25176 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25177 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25178 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25180 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25182 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25183 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25184 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25185 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25186 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25187 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25189 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25190 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25192 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25194 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25195 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25196 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25197 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25199 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25200 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25201 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25202 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25204 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25205 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25206 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25210 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25211 Major mode to edit SQL.
25213 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25214 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25215 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25218 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25220 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25221 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25222 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25223 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25224 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25225 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25227 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25228 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25230 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25231 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25232 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25234 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25236 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25240 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25241 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25243 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25244 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25247 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25249 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25251 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25252 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25254 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25255 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25258 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25259 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25260 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25261 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25263 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25264 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25266 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25267 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25268 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25269 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25270 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25271 `default-process-coding-system'.
25273 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25277 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25278 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25280 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25281 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25284 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25285 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25286 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25287 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25289 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25290 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25292 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25293 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25294 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25295 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25296 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25297 `default-process-coding-system'.
25299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25303 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25304 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25306 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25307 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25310 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25311 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25313 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25314 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25316 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25317 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25318 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25319 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25320 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25321 `default-process-coding-system'.
25323 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25327 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25328 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25330 SQLite is free software.
25332 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25333 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25336 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25337 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25338 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25339 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25341 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25342 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25344 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25345 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25346 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25347 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25348 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25349 `default-process-coding-system'.
25351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25355 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25356 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25358 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25360 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25361 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25364 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25365 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25366 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25367 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25369 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25370 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25372 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25373 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25374 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25375 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25376 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25377 `default-process-coding-system'.
25379 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25383 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25384 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25386 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25387 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25390 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25391 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25394 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25395 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25397 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25398 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25399 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25400 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25401 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25402 `default-process-coding-system'.
25404 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25408 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25409 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25411 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25412 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25416 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25418 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25419 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25421 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25422 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25424 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25425 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25426 `default-process-coding-system'.
25428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25432 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25433 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25435 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25436 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25439 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25440 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25441 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25442 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25444 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25445 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25447 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25448 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25449 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25450 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25451 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25452 `default-process-coding-system'.
25454 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25458 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25459 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25461 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25462 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25465 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25466 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25467 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25468 `sql-postgres-options'.
25470 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25471 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25473 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25474 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25475 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25476 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25477 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25478 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25479 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25480 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25482 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25483 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25489 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25490 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25492 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25493 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25496 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25497 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25500 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25501 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25503 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25504 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25505 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25506 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25507 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25508 `default-process-coding-system'.
25510 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25514 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25515 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25517 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25518 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25521 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25524 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25525 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25527 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25528 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25529 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25530 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25532 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25533 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25534 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25535 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25536 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25537 `default-process-coding-system'.
25539 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25543 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25544 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25546 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25547 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25550 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25551 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25552 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25553 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25556 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25557 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25558 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25559 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25562 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25563 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25565 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25571 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25572 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25573 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25574 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25575 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17817
25577 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25579 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25580 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25581 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25582 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25583 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25584 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25586 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25588 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25590 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25591 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25592 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25593 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25594 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25595 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25596 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25598 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25600 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25601 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25602 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25603 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25604 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25605 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25606 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25608 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25610 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25611 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25612 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25614 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25616 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25617 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25618 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25620 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25622 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25623 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25625 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25627 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25628 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25632 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25633 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25637 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25638 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25639 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25640 chronologically by command name.
25641 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25643 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25645 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25646 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25647 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25650 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25652 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25654 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25655 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25656 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25657 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25658 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25659 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25660 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25662 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25663 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25664 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25665 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25667 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25671 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25672 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25673 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25674 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25676 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25678 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25679 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25685 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25686 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25689 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25690 Studlify-case the region.
25692 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25694 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25695 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25697 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25699 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25700 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25706 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17817 15467))
25707 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25709 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25710 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25711 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25712 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25713 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25714 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25716 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25717 is used instead of `load-path'.
25719 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25720 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25721 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25723 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25727 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25728 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
25729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25731 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25732 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25733 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25734 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25735 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25736 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25737 original message but it does require a few things:
25739 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25741 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25744 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25745 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25748 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25750 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25752 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25753 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25754 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25760 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17778 50477))
25761 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25763 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25764 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25765 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25768 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25770 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25772 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25773 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25774 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25776 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25782 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17817 13977))
25783 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25785 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25786 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25787 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25788 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25789 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25791 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25793 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25794 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25795 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25796 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25797 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25798 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25799 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25801 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25805 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25806 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25807 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25808 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25809 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25810 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25811 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25812 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25813 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25814 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25815 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25816 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25817 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17778 50479))
25818 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25820 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25821 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25822 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25824 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25826 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25827 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25829 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25831 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25832 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25834 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25836 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25837 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25839 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25841 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25842 Insert an editable text table.
25843 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25844 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25845 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25846 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25847 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25848 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25853 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25855 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25860 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25861 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25862 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25863 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25866 +-----+-----+-----+
25868 +-----+-----+-----+
25870 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25872 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25873 width, which results as
25875 +--------------+-----+-----+
25877 +--------------+-----+-----+
25879 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25880 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25882 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25884 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25886 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25887 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25888 width information to `table-insert'.
25890 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25896 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25899 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25900 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25902 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25905 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25907 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25909 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25912 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25915 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25917 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25919 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25922 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25925 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25928 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25929 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25930 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25932 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25935 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25938 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25941 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25943 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25946 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25949 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25950 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25951 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25952 | | |expected results.-!- |
25953 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25956 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25958 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25962 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25964 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25965 Insert N table row(s).
25966 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25967 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25968 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25969 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25973 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25974 Insert N table column(s).
25975 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25976 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25977 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25978 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25982 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25983 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25984 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25986 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25988 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25989 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25990 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25991 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25992 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25993 all the table specific features.
25995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25997 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26002 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26003 Recognize all tables within region.
26004 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26005 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26006 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26009 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26011 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26014 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26016 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26017 Recognize a table at point.
26018 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26019 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26020 the table specific features.
26022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26024 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26029 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26030 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26031 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26032 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26033 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26034 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26035 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26037 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26039 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26044 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26045 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26046 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26047 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26048 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26049 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26052 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26054 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26055 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26056 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26057 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26058 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26059 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26060 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26065 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26066 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26067 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26068 table's rectangle structure.
26070 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26072 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26073 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26074 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26075 table's rectangle structure.
26079 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26080 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26081 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26082 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26083 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26085 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26087 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26088 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26089 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26091 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26092 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26093 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26094 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26095 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26096 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26097 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26099 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26100 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26101 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26102 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26103 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26104 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26105 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26107 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26108 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26109 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26110 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26111 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26112 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26113 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26114 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26116 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26118 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26119 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26120 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26121 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26125 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26126 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26127 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26129 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26131 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26132 Split current cell vertically.
26133 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26137 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26138 Split current cell horizontally.
26139 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26143 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26144 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26145 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26147 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26149 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26150 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26151 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26152 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26154 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26156 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26157 Justify cell contents.
26158 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26159 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26160 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26161 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26163 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26165 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26166 Justify cells of a row.
26167 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26168 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26170 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26172 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26173 Justify cells of a column.
26174 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26175 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26177 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26179 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26180 Toggle fixing width mode.
26181 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26182 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26183 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26187 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26188 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26189 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26190 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26191 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26192 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26193 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26194 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26195 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26196 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26197 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26199 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26201 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26202 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26203 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26204 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26205 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26206 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26207 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26208 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26209 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26210 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26211 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26212 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26215 References used for this implementation:
26221 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26223 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26224 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26225 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26227 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26229 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26230 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26231 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26232 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26233 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26234 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26235 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26236 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26237 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26238 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26239 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26240 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26241 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26242 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26243 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26244 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26245 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26250 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26251 (table-forward-cell 15)
26252 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26253 (table-forward-cell 16)
26254 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26255 (table-forward-cell 1)
26256 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26259 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26260 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26261 (table-forward-cell 1)
26262 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26264 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26266 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26267 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26268 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26269 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26270 consists from cells of same height.
26274 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26275 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26276 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26277 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26278 column must consists from cells of same width.
26282 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26283 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26284 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26285 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26286 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26287 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26288 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26289 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26290 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26291 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26292 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26293 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26294 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26295 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26296 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26305 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26306 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26307 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26310 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26312 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26314 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26316 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26320 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26321 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26322 of each row is optional.
26327 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26328 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26329 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26330 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26331 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26333 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26334 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26336 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26337 expression and raw delimiter regular
26338 expression, it parses the specified text
26339 area and extracts cell items from
26340 non-table text and then forms a table out
26343 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26344 creates a single cell table. The text in
26345 the specified region is placed in that
26348 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26351 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26352 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26353 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26355 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26356 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26357 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26358 | area and extracts cell items from |
26359 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26362 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26363 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26364 | the specified region is placed in that |
26366 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26368 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26369 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26372 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26373 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26374 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26375 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26376 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26377 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26378 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26379 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26380 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26382 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26383 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26384 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26385 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26387 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26389 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26390 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26391 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26393 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26395 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26396 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26397 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26398 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26399 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26405 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17817 13977))
26406 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26408 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26409 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26411 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26413 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26414 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26420 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17778 50477))
26421 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26423 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26424 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26425 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26426 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26427 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26428 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26429 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26431 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26432 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26433 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26434 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26436 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26443 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26444 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 25206))
26445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26447 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26448 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26449 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26450 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26451 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26452 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26454 Variables controlling indentation style:
26456 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26457 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26458 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26460 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26461 documentation for details):
26462 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26463 Controls action of TAB key.
26465 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26466 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26467 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26468 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26469 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26471 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26472 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26480 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26481 Run inferior Tcl process.
26482 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26483 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26487 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26488 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26489 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26491 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26495 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17817 14122))
26496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26497 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26499 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26500 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26501 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26502 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26504 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26505 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26506 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26507 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26508 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26510 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26511 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26513 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26514 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26515 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26516 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26522 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17817
26524 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26526 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26527 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26528 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26529 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26530 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26531 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26533 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26535 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26536 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26537 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26538 commands to use in that buffer.
26540 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26542 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26544 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26545 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26547 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26551 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17817
26553 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26555 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26556 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26557 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26558 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26559 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26560 program as keyboard input.
26562 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26563 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26564 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26565 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26567 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26568 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26569 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26570 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26571 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26573 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26575 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26576 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26577 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26578 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26580 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26581 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26582 subprocess started.
26584 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26588 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26589 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26592 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26593 Start coverage on function under point.
26599 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17817 14126))
26600 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26602 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26603 Play the Tetris game.
26604 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26605 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26606 as to form complete rows.
26608 tetris-mode keybindings:
26609 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26610 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26611 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26612 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26613 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26614 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26615 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26616 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26617 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26623 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26624 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26625 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26626 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26627 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26628 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26629 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26630 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
26631 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26633 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26634 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26636 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26638 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26639 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26640 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26641 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26642 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26644 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26646 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26647 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26648 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26649 if it matches the first line of the file,
26650 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26652 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26654 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26655 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26656 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26657 if the variable is non-nil.")
26659 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26661 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26662 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26664 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26666 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26667 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26668 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26669 See the documentation of that variable.")
26671 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26673 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26674 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26675 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26676 See the documentation of that variable.")
26678 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26680 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26681 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26682 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26683 See the documentation of that variable.")
26685 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26687 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26688 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26689 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26690 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26691 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26693 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26695 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26696 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26697 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26698 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26700 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26702 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26703 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26704 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26706 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26708 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26709 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26710 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26711 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26713 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26715 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26716 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26717 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26718 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26720 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26722 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26723 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26724 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26725 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26727 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26728 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26731 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26732 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26734 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26737 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26739 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26740 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26741 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26742 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26743 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26745 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26747 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26749 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26750 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26751 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26753 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26755 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26756 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26757 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26758 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26759 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26761 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26763 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26764 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26766 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26768 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26769 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26771 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26773 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26774 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26775 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26776 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26777 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26778 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26779 says which mode to use.
26783 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26785 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26787 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26789 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26790 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26791 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26792 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26793 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26795 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26796 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26797 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26798 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26799 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26800 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26801 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26803 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26804 mismatched $'s or braces.
26807 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26811 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26813 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26814 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26815 tex-dvi-print-command
26816 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26817 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26818 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26819 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26820 tex-dvi-view-command
26821 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26822 tex-show-queue-command
26823 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26824 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26826 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26827 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26828 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26832 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26833 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26834 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26835 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26836 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26838 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26839 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26840 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26841 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26842 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26843 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26844 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26846 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26847 mismatched $'s or braces.
26854 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26856 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26857 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26858 tex-dvi-print-command
26859 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26860 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26861 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26862 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26863 tex-dvi-view-command
26864 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26865 tex-show-queue-command
26866 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26867 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26869 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26870 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26871 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26875 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26876 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26877 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26878 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26879 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26881 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26882 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26883 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26884 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26885 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26886 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26887 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26889 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26890 mismatched $'s or braces.
26893 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26897 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26899 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26900 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26901 tex-dvi-print-command
26902 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26903 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26904 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26905 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26906 tex-dvi-view-command
26907 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26908 tex-show-queue-command
26909 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26910 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26912 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26913 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26914 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26915 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26919 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26924 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26925 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26931 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26932 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17778 50479))
26933 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26935 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26936 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26937 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26938 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26940 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26941 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26942 Info-split to do these manually.
26944 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26946 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26947 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26948 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26949 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26950 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26952 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26954 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26955 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26956 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26957 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26959 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26960 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26961 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26962 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26964 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26965 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26967 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26971 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26972 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26975 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26976 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26978 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26980 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26981 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26983 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26985 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26986 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26988 It has these extra commands:
26989 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26991 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26992 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26993 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26994 modified version of TeX input format.
26996 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26997 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26998 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26999 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27001 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27002 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27003 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27004 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27005 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27006 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27007 in the Texinfo file.
27009 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27010 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27011 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27012 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27013 move forward past the closing brace.
27015 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27016 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27018 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27019 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27020 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27022 Here are the functions:
27024 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27025 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27026 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27028 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27029 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27030 texinfo-master-menu
27032 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27034 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27035 which menu descriptions are indented.
27037 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27038 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27041 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27042 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27043 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27044 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27046 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27047 be the first node in the file.
27049 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27050 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27056 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27057 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27058 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27059 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
27060 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27062 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27063 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27064 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27065 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27067 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27069 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27070 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27072 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27074 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27075 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27079 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27082 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27084 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27085 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27086 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27087 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27090 The return value is number of composed characters.
27092 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27094 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27095 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27101 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27102 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27103 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17817 13977))
27104 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27106 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27107 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27109 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27111 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27112 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27113 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27114 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27115 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27117 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27118 a symbol as a valid THING.
27120 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27121 of the textual entity that was found.
27123 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27125 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27126 Return the THING at point.
27127 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27128 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27129 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27131 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27132 a symbol as a valid THING.
27134 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27136 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27141 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27146 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27151 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27158 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27159 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27160 ;;;;;; (17591 9719))
27161 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27163 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27164 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27168 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27169 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27170 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27171 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27173 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27175 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27176 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27180 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27181 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27185 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27187 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27188 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27194 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27195 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27196 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27197 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27198 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27199 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17817 15478))
27200 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27202 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27203 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27204 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27208 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27209 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27211 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27213 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27214 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27215 The returned string has no composition information.
27217 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27219 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27220 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27222 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27224 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27225 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27227 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27229 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27230 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27231 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27232 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27234 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27236 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27237 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27238 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27239 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27241 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27243 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27246 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27248 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27249 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27250 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27254 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27255 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27256 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27260 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27263 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27265 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27268 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27270 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27273 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27277 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27278 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27281 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27282 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27283 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27284 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27286 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27288 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27290 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27291 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27292 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27293 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27295 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27301 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27302 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17713 5993))
27303 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27305 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27306 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27308 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27310 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27311 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27312 This display updates automatically every minute.
27313 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27314 are displayed as well.
27315 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27319 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27320 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27321 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27324 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27326 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27328 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27329 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27330 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27332 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27333 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27334 are displayed as well.
27335 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27341 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27342 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27343 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27344 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
27346 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27348 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27349 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27351 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27353 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27354 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27355 You can use `float-time' instead.
27357 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27359 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27360 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27362 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27364 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27365 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27367 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27369 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27370 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27372 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27374 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27375 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27376 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27378 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27380 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27382 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27383 Subtract two time values.
27384 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27386 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27388 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27389 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27391 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27393 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27394 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27395 DATE should be a date-time string.
27397 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27399 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27400 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27401 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27403 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27405 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27406 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27408 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27410 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27411 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27413 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27415 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27416 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27417 TIME should be a time value.
27418 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27420 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27422 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27423 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27424 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27426 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27430 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27431 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17778 50479))
27432 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27433 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27434 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27435 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27436 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27437 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27438 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27439 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27441 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27442 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27443 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27444 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27445 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27446 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27447 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27448 look like one of the following:
27451 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27452 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27453 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27454 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27455 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27456 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27457 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27462 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27463 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27464 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27470 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27471 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27472 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27473 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27474 ;;;;;; (17713 4915))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27477 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27478 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27479 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27480 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27481 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27482 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27483 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27484 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27485 display (non-nil means on).
27487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27489 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27490 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27491 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27492 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27493 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27494 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27495 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27496 this function is called within a day.
27498 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27499 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27500 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27501 discover the name of the project.
27503 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27505 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27506 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27507 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27508 begun during the last time segment.
27510 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27511 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27512 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27513 discover the reason.
27515 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27517 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27518 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27519 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27520 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27521 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27523 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27525 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27526 Change to working on a different project.
27527 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27528 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27529 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27532 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27534 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27535 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27536 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27540 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27541 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27542 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27546 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27547 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27548 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27549 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27550 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27551 \"relative to today\".
27553 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27555 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27556 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27557 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27558 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27560 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27562 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27563 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27564 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27565 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27566 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27567 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27569 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27573 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27574 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27575 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17817 13982))
27576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27578 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27580 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27581 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27583 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27585 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27586 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27587 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27588 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27590 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27592 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27593 Perform an action at time TIME.
27594 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27595 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27596 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27597 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27598 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27599 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27601 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27603 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27605 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27606 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27607 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27608 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27609 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27611 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27613 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27615 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27616 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27617 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27618 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27620 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27622 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27623 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27624 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27625 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27626 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27627 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27628 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27630 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27631 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27633 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27635 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27636 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27638 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27639 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27640 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27641 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27642 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27643 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27646 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27650 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27651 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17817 15478))
27652 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27654 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27655 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27656 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27657 the generated Quail package is saved.
27659 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27661 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27662 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27663 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27664 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27665 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27666 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27667 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27669 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27673 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27674 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17817
27676 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27678 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27681 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27683 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27686 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27688 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27689 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27690 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27693 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27697 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27698 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17778 50479))
27699 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27700 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27701 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27703 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27704 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27705 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27706 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27707 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27709 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27711 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27712 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27713 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27714 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27715 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27717 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27719 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27720 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27721 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27722 in the menu in two ways:
27723 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27724 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27725 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27727 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27728 keymap or an alist of alists.
27729 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27730 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27732 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27736 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27737 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27738 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27741 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27742 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27746 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27747 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27749 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27751 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27752 Insert new TODO list entry.
27753 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27758 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27759 List top priorities for each category.
27761 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27762 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27764 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27765 between each category.
27767 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27769 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27770 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27771 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27772 between each category.
27774 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27776 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27778 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27779 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27785 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27786 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27790 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27797 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27798 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27799 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17496 38966))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27802 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27803 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27804 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27808 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27810 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27811 Add an item to the tool bar.
27812 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27813 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27814 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27815 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27817 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27818 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27819 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27820 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27822 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27823 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27825 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27827 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27828 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27829 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27830 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27831 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27832 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27834 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27835 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27836 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27837 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27839 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27841 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27842 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27843 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27844 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27845 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27846 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27847 properties to add to the binding.
27849 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27851 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27852 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27854 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27856 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27857 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27858 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27859 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27860 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27861 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27862 properties to add to the binding.
27864 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27867 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27872 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
27873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27875 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27876 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27877 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27878 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27879 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27880 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27882 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27884 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27889 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27891 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27892 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27898 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27899 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17817 13982))
27900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27902 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27903 Set scroll margins.
27905 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27907 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27908 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27912 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27913 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17817 13982))
27920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27922 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27923 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27924 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27925 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27926 to a tcp server on another machine.
27928 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27932 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27933 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17817 13982))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27936 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27937 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27939 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27941 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27942 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27943 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27944 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27945 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27946 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27947 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27948 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27950 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27952 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27953 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27954 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27955 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27956 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27957 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27958 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27959 the window or buffer configuration.
27961 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27963 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27967 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27968 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27969 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27970 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17817 16949))
27971 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27973 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27974 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27975 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27977 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27978 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27979 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27980 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27982 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27983 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27984 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27985 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27987 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27988 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27989 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27990 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27991 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27992 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27993 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27994 files which are not really tramp files.
27996 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27997 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27998 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27999 updated after changing this variable.
28001 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28003 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28005 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28006 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28007 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28008 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28010 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28011 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28012 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28013 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28015 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28016 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28017 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28019 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28020 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28021 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28022 updated after changing this variable.
28024 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28026 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28028 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28029 Alist of completion handler functions.
28030 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28031 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28032 normal Emacs functions.")
28034 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28035 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28036 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28037 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28039 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28040 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28041 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28042 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28044 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28045 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28046 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28048 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28050 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28051 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28052 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28054 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28055 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28058 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28060 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28065 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28066 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28068 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28070 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28071 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28073 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28075 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28076 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28082 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28083 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
28084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28086 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28094 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28095 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28096 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28097 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28098 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17713
28100 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28102 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28103 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28107 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28108 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28110 Convenience command that:
28112 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28113 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28114 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28116 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28117 image files in dired and type
28118 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28120 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28122 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28123 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28125 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28127 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28128 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28129 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28130 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28131 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28134 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28135 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28136 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28138 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28139 instead of erasing it first.
28141 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28142 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28143 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28144 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28145 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28146 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28148 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28150 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28151 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28152 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28153 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28158 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28160 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28161 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28165 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28166 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28167 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28171 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28172 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28176 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28177 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28178 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28179 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28183 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28184 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28188 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28189 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28193 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28194 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28198 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28199 Display current image file.
28200 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28201 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28205 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28206 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28210 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28211 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28212 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28213 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28214 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28215 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28216 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28220 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28221 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28222 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28229 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17817
28231 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28233 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28234 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28235 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28236 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28237 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28238 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28239 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28240 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28242 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28243 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28244 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28246 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28247 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28250 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28254 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28255 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17817 14129))
28256 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28257 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28258 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28259 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28261 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28262 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28263 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28264 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28265 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28266 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28267 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28271 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28272 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28273 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28274 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28276 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28280 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28281 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28282 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28283 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28284 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28285 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28286 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28288 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28289 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28291 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28294 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28296 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28302 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28303 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28304 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28305 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28306 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
28307 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28309 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28310 Toggle typing break mode.
28311 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28313 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28315 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28317 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28318 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28320 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28322 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28323 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28325 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28326 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28327 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28329 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28330 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28332 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28334 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28335 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28337 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28338 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28339 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28340 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28342 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28344 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28345 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28346 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28348 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28349 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28350 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28351 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28352 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28353 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28355 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28356 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28357 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28358 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28360 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28361 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28363 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28364 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28366 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28368 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28369 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28370 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28372 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28373 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28374 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28375 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28376 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28377 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28378 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28380 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28381 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28383 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28384 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28385 reset the keystroke counter.
28387 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28388 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28389 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28390 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28392 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28393 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28394 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28395 `type-break-schedule' command.
28397 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28398 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28399 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28400 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28401 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28402 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28403 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28404 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28405 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28407 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28408 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28409 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28410 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28411 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28413 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28414 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28415 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28416 approximate good values for this.
28418 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28419 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28421 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28422 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28423 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28424 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28425 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28426 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28428 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28429 a typing break occur. They include:
28431 `type-break-query-mode'
28432 `type-break-query-function'
28433 `type-break-query-interval'
28435 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28437 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28438 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28439 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28442 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28444 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28445 Take a typing break.
28447 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28448 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28450 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28451 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28455 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28456 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28457 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28458 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28462 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28463 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28465 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28466 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28467 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28468 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28469 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28470 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28471 average typing speed.)
28473 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28474 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28475 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28476 the computed maximum threshold.
28478 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28479 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28480 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28481 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28482 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28484 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28488 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28489 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17817 14129))
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28492 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28493 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28494 Works by overstriking underscores.
28495 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28496 which specify the range to operate on.
28498 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28500 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28501 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28502 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28503 which specify the range to operate on.
28505 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28509 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28510 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17817 14120))
28511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28513 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28514 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28515 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28519 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28520 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28521 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28522 following the containing message.
28528 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28529 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
28530 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28532 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28533 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28534 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28535 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28536 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28537 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28541 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28542 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28544 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28548 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28552 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28553 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28554 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28555 of symbols with local bindings.
28557 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28561 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28562 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17817 13984))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28565 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28566 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28567 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28569 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28570 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28571 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28572 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28573 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28574 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28576 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28577 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28578 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28580 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28581 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28582 the callback is not called).
28584 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28585 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28586 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28589 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28591 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28592 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28593 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28594 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28595 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28597 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28601 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28602 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
28603 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28605 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28606 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28607 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28609 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28610 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28611 `url-generic-parse-url'
28612 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28613 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28614 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28616 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28617 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28618 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28619 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28620 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28621 what type of auth to use
28622 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28623 if one cannot be found in the cache
28625 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28627 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28628 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28630 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28631 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28632 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28633 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28634 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28635 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28636 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28637 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28639 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28643 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28644 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
28646 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28648 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28649 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28651 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28653 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28654 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28656 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28659 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28661 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28663 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28664 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28666 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28670 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28673 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28676 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28680 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28681 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17713 5993))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28684 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28687 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28689 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28700 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28701 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28703 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28707 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28708 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17817 14148))
28709 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28711 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28712 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28716 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28717 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28718 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28719 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28720 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28722 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28726 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28727 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17713
28729 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28731 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28732 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28733 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28736 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28738 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28740 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28741 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28745 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28746 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28747 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28748 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28749 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28750 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28751 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28752 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28753 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28755 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28757 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28758 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28759 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28762 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28764 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28767 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28771 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28772 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17817 13984))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28775 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28776 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28777 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28778 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28779 CBARGS as the arguments.
28781 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28783 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28786 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28788 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28790 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28793 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28796 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28797 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28799 Property list members:
28802 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28806 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28810 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28813 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28816 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28817 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28818 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28821 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28823 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28824 Default HTTPS port.")
28826 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28827 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28829 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28830 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28831 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28832 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28833 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28837 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 9873))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28840 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28851 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28852 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28853 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28854 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28855 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28857 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28862 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28865 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28868 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28870 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28871 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28877 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28878 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28879 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28881 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28882 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28886 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28887 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28894 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28896 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28898 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28900 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28902 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28903 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28905 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28910 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28913 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28918 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28921 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28925 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28926 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28927 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28930 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28933 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28935 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28938 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28940 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28943 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28945 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28948 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28950 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28953 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28955 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28958 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28960 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28963 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28967 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28968 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17778 50479))
28969 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28971 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28972 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28974 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28976 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28977 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28979 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28981 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28985 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28986 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28989 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28990 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28996 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28997 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28998 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28999 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29000 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29001 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29002 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
29003 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29005 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29006 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29007 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29009 If t, all messages will be logged.
29010 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29011 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29013 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29015 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29018 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29020 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29023 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29025 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29026 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29027 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29028 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29029 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29035 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29037 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29038 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29039 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29041 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29043 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29044 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29045 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29047 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29049 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29050 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29052 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29054 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29055 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29059 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29060 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29064 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29069 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29072 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29074 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29077 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29079 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29080 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29082 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29084 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29087 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29089 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29090 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29091 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29092 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29093 forbidden in URL encoding.
29095 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29097 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29098 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29099 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29100 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29101 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29102 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29104 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29107 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29108 If optional variable X is t,
29109 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29111 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29113 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29114 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29115 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29117 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29119 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29120 View the current document's URL.
29121 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29124 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29126 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29131 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17817 13977))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29134 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29135 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29136 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29137 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29138 to refrain from editing the file
29139 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29140 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29141 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29142 in any way you like.
29144 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29146 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29147 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29148 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29149 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29150 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29152 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29153 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17817 14143))
29160 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29161 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29165 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29166 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29167 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
29168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29170 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29171 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29172 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29173 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29175 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29177 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29178 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29179 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29181 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29183 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29184 Uudecode region between START and END.
29185 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29187 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29191 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29192 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29193 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29194 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29195 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29196 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29197 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17778 49122))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29200 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29201 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29204 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29206 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29207 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29208 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29210 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29212 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29213 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29216 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29218 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29219 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29221 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29223 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29224 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29226 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29228 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29229 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29230 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29231 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29232 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29233 somebody else, signal error.
29235 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29237 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29238 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29239 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29240 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29241 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29243 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29245 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29246 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29247 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29248 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29249 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29250 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29251 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29252 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29253 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29254 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29255 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29256 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29258 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29260 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29261 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29263 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29264 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29266 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29267 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29268 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29269 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29270 lock steals will raise an error.
29272 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29274 For RCS and SCCS files:
29275 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29277 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29278 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29279 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29280 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29281 it performs a revert.
29282 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29283 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29284 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29285 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29286 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29287 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29288 the option to steal the lock.
29291 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29292 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29293 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29294 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29295 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29296 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29297 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29298 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29299 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29301 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29303 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29304 Register the current file into a version control system.
29305 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29306 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29308 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29309 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29310 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29311 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29312 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29313 first backend that could register the file is used.
29315 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29317 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29318 Display diffs between file versions.
29319 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29320 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29321 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29322 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29323 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29326 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29328 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29329 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29330 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29331 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29335 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29336 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29337 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29338 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29342 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29343 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29344 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29345 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29346 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29347 from the current branch.
29349 See Info node `Merging'.
29353 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29355 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29356 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29358 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29360 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29361 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29363 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29365 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29366 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29367 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29368 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29369 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29370 are checked out in that new branch.
29372 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29374 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29375 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29376 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29377 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29378 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29379 allowed and simply skipped).
29381 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29383 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29384 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29385 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29387 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29389 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29390 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29391 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29392 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29393 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29397 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29398 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29399 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29400 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29401 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29402 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29406 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29407 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29408 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29410 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29412 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29413 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29414 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29415 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29416 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29417 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29418 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29420 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29422 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29423 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29424 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29425 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29426 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29427 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29428 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29429 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29430 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29432 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29434 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29435 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29437 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29439 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29440 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29441 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29444 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29446 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29447 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29448 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29450 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29451 log entries should be gathered.
29453 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29455 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29456 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29458 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29459 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29460 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29461 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29462 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29463 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29465 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29466 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29467 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29468 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29469 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29470 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29471 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29472 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29474 Customization variables:
29476 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29477 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29478 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29479 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29481 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17817 16875))
29486 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29487 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29488 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29491 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29497 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29498 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29499 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29501 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
29506 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29507 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29508 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29511 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29515 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29516 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29519 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29520 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29521 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29523 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29524 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29528 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29529 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29530 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29532 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29533 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29534 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29536 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29537 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29539 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29540 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29541 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29542 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17778 50479))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29548 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29549 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29550 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29553 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29554 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29555 (file-name-directory f)))
29557 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29559 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29563 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29564 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
29565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29567 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29568 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29573 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29574 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29575 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29576 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29577 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29578 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29579 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29580 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29581 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29583 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29584 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29585 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29586 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29588 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29589 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29590 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29591 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29592 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29594 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29595 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29599 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29600 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29601 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29605 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29606 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29607 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29608 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29610 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29611 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29612 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29613 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29614 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29618 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29619 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29620 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29621 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29623 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29624 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29625 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29626 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29627 beginning with \"std\").
29629 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29630 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29631 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29636 `--' puts a single comment.
29637 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29638 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29639 with a comment in between.
29640 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29641 out following lines.
29642 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29643 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29645 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29646 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29647 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29648 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29649 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29652 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29653 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29654 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29655 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29656 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29657 multi-line comments.
29661 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29662 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29663 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29664 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29666 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29667 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29668 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29669 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29671 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29672 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29675 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29676 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29680 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29681 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29682 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29683 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29684 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29685 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29686 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29687 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29689 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29690 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29691 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29692 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29693 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29696 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29697 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29698 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29700 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29701 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29705 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29706 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29707 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29708 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29709 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29710 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29713 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29714 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29715 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29716 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29719 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29723 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29724 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29725 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29726 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29727 internal signal initializations (menu).
29729 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29730 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29731 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29733 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29734 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29735 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29736 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29737 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29738 in subsequent paste operations.)
29740 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29741 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29742 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29745 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29746 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29747 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29748 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29749 association list with formals).
29752 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29753 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29754 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29755 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29756 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29757 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29758 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29759 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29764 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29768 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29772 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29773 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29774 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29776 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29777 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29780 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29781 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29782 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29783 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29785 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29786 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29787 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29789 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29790 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29791 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29792 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29794 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29795 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29796 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29797 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29798 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29800 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29801 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29802 required by secondary units.
29805 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29806 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29807 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29808 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29809 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29810 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29811 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29812 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29813 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29814 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29815 inputs to this component -> input port created
29816 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29817 outputs from this component -> output port created
29818 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29819 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29821 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29822 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29823 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29824 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29825 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29827 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29828 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29830 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29831 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29832 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29833 component instantiation is also supported (option
29834 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29836 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29837 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29838 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29839 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29840 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29841 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29842 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29843 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29844 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29845 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29846 | generating the configuration.
29848 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29849 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29850 | configurations in speedbar.
29852 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29855 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29856 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29857 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29858 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29859 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29860 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29861 information. New compilers can be added.
29863 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29864 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29867 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29868 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29869 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29870 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29871 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29873 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29876 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29877 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29878 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29880 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29881 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29882 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29883 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29884 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29885 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29886 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29889 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29890 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29891 not (yet) supported.
29892 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29893 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29894 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29898 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29899 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29900 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29901 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29902 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29903 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29904 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29905 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29907 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29908 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29909 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29910 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29911 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29912 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29913 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29914 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29915 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29916 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29917 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29921 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29922 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29923 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29924 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29925 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29926 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29927 current directory for VHDL source files.
29931 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29932 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29936 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29937 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29938 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29939 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29940 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29941 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29942 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29943 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29946 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29947 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29948 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29949 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29950 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29951 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29952 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29954 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29955 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29956 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29957 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29958 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29959 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29961 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29962 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29963 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29964 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29965 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29968 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29969 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29970 highlighted if written in lower case.
29972 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29973 highlighted using a different background color if option
29974 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29976 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29977 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29978 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29979 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29980 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29984 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29985 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29986 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29990 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29991 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29992 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29993 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29994 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29998 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29999 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30001 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30002 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30003 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30004 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30005 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30006 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30007 (used to obtain the port names).
30011 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30012 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30016 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30017 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30018 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30019 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30020 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30021 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30022 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30027 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30028 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30029 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30030 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30031 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30033 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30034 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30035 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30036 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30037 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30040 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30041 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30045 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30046 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30047 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30049 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30053 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30054 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30056 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30058 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30060 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30064 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30070 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30071 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30073 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30075 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30076 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30077 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30078 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30080 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30081 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30082 where the latest version can be found.
30088 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30089 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30090 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30093 The VHDL Mode Authors
30094 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30105 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17817 14136))
30106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30108 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30109 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30110 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30111 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30113 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30114 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30115 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30116 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30117 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30119 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30120 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30122 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30124 * Limitations and unsupported features
30125 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30127 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30128 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30131 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30132 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30133 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30134 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30135 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30136 for undoing a repeated change command.
30137 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30138 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30139 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30142 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30143 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30144 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30145 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30146 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30147 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30148 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30149 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30151 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30157 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30158 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30159 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30160 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17817 15478))
30161 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30163 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30164 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30166 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30168 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30169 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30170 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30171 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30173 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30175 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30176 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30180 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30181 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30182 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30183 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30187 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30188 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30192 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30195 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30197 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30200 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30204 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30205 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30206 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
30208 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30210 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30211 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30212 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30213 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30215 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30217 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30218 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30219 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30220 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30221 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30222 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30223 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30225 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30229 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30230 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30231 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30232 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30233 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30234 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30235 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30236 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30238 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30242 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30243 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30244 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30245 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30246 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30247 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30248 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30249 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30251 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30255 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30256 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30257 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30258 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30259 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30260 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30261 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30263 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30265 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30266 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30267 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30269 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30271 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30272 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30273 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30274 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30275 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30276 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30277 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30278 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30280 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30282 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30283 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30284 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30286 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30288 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30289 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30290 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30291 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30292 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30293 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30294 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30295 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30297 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30299 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30300 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30301 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30303 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30305 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30306 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30307 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30309 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30310 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30311 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30314 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30315 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30316 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30317 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30318 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30320 H, h, ? This message.
30321 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30322 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30323 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30324 > move to the end of buffer.
30325 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30326 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30327 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30328 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30329 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30330 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30331 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30332 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30333 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30334 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30335 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30336 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30337 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30338 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30339 Use this to view a changing file.
30340 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30341 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30342 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30344 x exchanges point and mark.
30345 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30346 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30347 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30348 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30349 ' go to position saved in character register.
30350 s do forward incremental search.
30351 r do reverse incremental search.
30352 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30353 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30354 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30355 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30356 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30357 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30358 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30359 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30360 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30361 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30362 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30363 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30364 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30365 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30366 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30367 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30368 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30370 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30371 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30372 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30373 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30374 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30375 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30376 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30377 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30378 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30380 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30384 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30385 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30386 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30387 `view-return-to-alist'.
30388 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30389 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30390 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30392 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30393 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30394 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30395 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30396 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30398 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30399 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30400 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30401 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30403 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30405 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30407 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30409 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30410 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30416 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17817
30418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30420 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30421 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30425 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30426 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30432 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30433 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
30434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30436 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30437 Toggle Viper on/off.
30438 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30442 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30443 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30449 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30450 ;;;;;; (17496 38727))
30451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30453 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30454 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30455 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30456 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30457 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30458 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30459 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30460 the beginning of the warning.")
30462 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30463 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30464 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30465 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30466 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30467 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30468 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30469 also call that function before the next warning.")
30471 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30472 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30474 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30475 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30476 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30477 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30479 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30480 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30481 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30482 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30483 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30484 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30486 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30487 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30488 Default is :warning.
30490 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30491 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30492 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30493 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30494 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30495 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30497 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30498 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30500 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30502 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30503 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30505 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30507 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30508 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30509 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30510 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30512 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30513 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30514 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30515 can be whatever you like.)
30517 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30518 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30520 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30521 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30522 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30523 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30524 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30526 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30528 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30529 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30530 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30531 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30532 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30534 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30538 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30539 ;;;;;; (17817 14148))
30540 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30542 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30543 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30544 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30545 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30546 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30555 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17817 14122))
30556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30558 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30559 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30561 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30564 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30571 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30572 ;;;;;; (17611 10401))
30573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30574 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30575 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30577 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30579 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30580 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30581 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30584 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30586 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30588 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30589 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30590 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30591 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30593 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30600 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30601 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30602 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30603 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30604 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30605 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
30606 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30608 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30609 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30613 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30614 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30618 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30619 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30623 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30624 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30628 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30629 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30633 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30634 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30636 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30637 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30638 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30639 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30640 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30642 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30644 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30645 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30647 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30649 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30650 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30654 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30655 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30656 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30657 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30658 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30662 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30663 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30667 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30669 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30670 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30671 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30674 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30676 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30678 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30679 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30680 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30682 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30683 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30687 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30688 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30689 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30695 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30696 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17817 13977))
30697 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30699 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30700 Browse the widget under point.
30704 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30705 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30707 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30709 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30710 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30712 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30714 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30715 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30716 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30722 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30723 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17778
30725 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30727 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30728 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30730 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30732 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30733 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30734 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30736 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30738 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30739 Create widget of TYPE.
30740 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30742 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30744 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30747 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30749 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30750 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30752 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30754 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30756 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30757 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30758 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30760 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30761 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30767 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30768 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17817
30770 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30772 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30773 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30774 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30775 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30776 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30777 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30778 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30782 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30783 Select the window above the current one.
30784 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30785 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30786 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30787 negative ARG) of the current window.
30788 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30792 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30793 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30794 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30795 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30796 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30797 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30798 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30802 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30803 Select the window below the current one.
30804 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30805 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30806 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30807 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30808 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30812 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30813 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30814 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30815 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30817 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30821 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30822 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30823 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30825 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30826 Toggle Winner mode.
30827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30828 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30830 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30832 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30833 Toggle Winner mode.
30834 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30840 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30841 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17817 16161))
30842 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30844 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30845 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30846 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30847 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30848 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30849 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30850 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30851 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30853 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30854 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30856 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30858 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30859 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30863 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30864 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30865 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30866 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30867 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30868 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30869 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30870 `woman' command for further details.
30872 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30876 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30877 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
30878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30880 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30881 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30884 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30885 are not implemented
30886 - Options for search and replace
30887 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30888 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30890 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30893 The key bindings are:
30903 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30905 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30906 C-l ws-repeat-search
30909 C-r scroll-down-line
30916 C-y kill-complete-line
30919 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30920 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30921 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30922 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30923 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30924 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30925 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30926 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30927 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30928 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30929 C-k b ws-begin-block
30930 C-k c ws-copy-block
30931 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30933 C-k h ws-show-markers
30934 C-k i ws-indent-block
30936 C-k p ws-print-block
30939 C-k s save-some-buffers
30941 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30942 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30943 C-k v ws-move-block
30944 C-k w ws-write-block
30946 C-k y ws-delete-block
30948 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30949 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30950 C-o j justify-current-line
30953 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30954 C-o r set-fill-column
30955 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30956 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30957 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30958 C-o wo other-window
30959 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30961 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30962 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30963 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30964 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30965 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30966 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30967 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30968 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30969 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30970 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30971 C-q a ws-query-replace
30972 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30973 C-q c end-of-buffer
30976 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30978 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30979 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30980 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30981 C-q w ws-last-error
30983 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30989 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30990 ;;;;;; (17611 9421))
30991 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30993 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30994 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30995 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30996 Returns the top node with all its children.
30997 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30998 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31000 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31002 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31003 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31004 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31005 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31006 is not well-formed XML.
31007 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31008 and returned as the first element of the list.
31009 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31011 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31015 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31019 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31020 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31021 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
31022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31023 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31025 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
31027 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
31029 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31030 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31031 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
31033 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31034 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31035 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31036 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31037 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31038 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31044 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31045 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
31046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31048 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31049 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31051 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31053 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31054 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31060 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31061 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17817 14126))
31062 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31064 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31065 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31067 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31069 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31070 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31072 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31074 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31075 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31076 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31078 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31080 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31081 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31087 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
31088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31090 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31091 Zone out, completely.
31097 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31185 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31186 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31187 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/linux.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "termdev.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31229 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31230 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31231 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31232 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17817 17746 543314))
31236 ;;; Local Variables:
31237 ;;; version-control: never
31238 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31239 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31241 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here